Garden Grove City Council
September 8, 2026

The Police Department is requesting that all three towing companies be awarded contracts with an initial term of three years and two additional option years.

FINANCIAL IMPACT

There is no direct financial impact to the City to award the contract for on-call towing services.

Application fees listed in the contracts are collected to reimburse the costs incurred by the Police Department. Tow companies’ charges to vehicle owners for vehicle recovery are subject to the approval of the Police Chief as outlined in the contracts.

RECOMMENDATION

It is recommended that the City Council:
 Award contracts, with a term of three years and two option years, for on-call towing services as needed by the Police Department, to:
o B&D Towing, Inc., dba Balcaceres and Davalos Towing (B&D Towing) o Action Southland Enterprises, Inc., dba Action Southland Towing, and o Pacific Towing, Inc.
 Authorize the City Manage r, or designee, to execute the contract s, approve minor modifications as needed, and exercise option years on behalf of the City.

ATTACHMENT(S)

1. Action Southland Towing Contract FY27

2. B&D Towing Contract FY27

3. Pacific Towing Contract FY27

179
Contract for Police Rotational Towing and Storage Services

THIS AGREEMENT is made this _____day of ____ , 2026, by the CITY OF
GARDEN GROVE, a municipal corporation, ("CITY") and Action Southland Enterprises, Inc.,dba Action Southland Towing , hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR".

RECITALS

The following recitals are a substantive part of this Agreement:

1. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Garden Grove CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZATION, DATED _______ .

2. CITY desires to utilize the services of CONTRACTOR to provide police rotational towing and storage services for the City of Garden Grove on an on-call basis.

3. CONTRACTOR is qualified by virtue of experience, training, education and expertise to provide such services.

AGREEMENT

THE PARTIES MUTUALLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Term. The term of the agreement shall be for a period of three (3) fiscal years from full execution of this agreement through June 30, 2029, with the option to extend the agreement for two (2) additional fiscal years, for a total performance period of five (5) fiscal years. Option years shall be exercised one (1) year at a time at the sole option of the CITY. All services shall be provided in accordance with the Scope of Work, Attachment, "A" which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Services to be Provided. The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR shall consist of tasks as set forth in the Proposal and Scope of Work. The Proposal is incorporated herein by reference. The Proposal, Scope of Work, and this Agreement do not guarantee any specific amount of work.

3. Compensation. CONTRACTOR shall be compensated as follows:

CONTRACTOR may charge vehicle owners the amount(s) not to exceed those charges approved by the City pursuant to the SCOPE OF WORK, attached herein as Attachment "A" and the AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE, attached herein as Attachment "B", which are incorporated herein by this reference.
180

4. Insurance Requirements.

4.1 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until all certificates and endorsements have been received and approved by the CITY. All insurance required by this Agreement shall contain a Statement of Obligation on the part of the carrier to notify the CITY of any material change, cancellation, or termination at least thirty (30) days in advance , and a waiver of subrogation, for all policies, waiving subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. All insurance required by this contract shall remain in full force and effect for the duration of this agreement.

4.2 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE. For the duration of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall maintain Workers Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by California law, if applicable. The insurer shall waive its rights o f subrogation against the CITY, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers.

4.3 INSURANCE AMOUNTS. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect the following insurance for the duration of this Agreement:

(a) Commercial general liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(b) Automobile liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(c) On-Hook liability in an amount not less than $200,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Cla ss VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(d) Garage keepers’ legal liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/ Garage keepers direct in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be 181
acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(e) Excess liability coverage, following form to the underlying policies, shall be provided for any underlying policy that does not meet the insurance requirements set forth herein (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable.) Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have a Best's Guide Rating of A- Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(f) An Additional Insured Endorsement, ongoing and completed operations, for the policy under section 4.3 (a) Commercial general liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of
insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(g) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section

4.3 (b), Automobile liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(h) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section 4.3 (c), On -hook liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(i) An Additional Insured Endorsement, for the policy under section

4.3 (d), Garage Keepers liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/Garage keepers direct, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, and storage of vehicles. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(j) In the event any of CONTRACTOR'S underlying policies do not meet policy limits within the insurance requirements,
182
CONTRACTOR shall provide, under section 4.3(e) Excess liability, the schedule of underlying polices for a follows form excess liability policy, state that the excess policy follows form on the insurance certificate, and an additional insured endorsement for the follows form excess liability policy designating CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds.

(k) For any claims related to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR'S insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by the CITY, its officers, officials, employees’ agents, or volunteers shall by excess of the CONTRACTOR's insurance and shall not contribute with it.

4.4 If the CONTRACTOR does not keep all of such insurance policies in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Agreement, the CITY may elect to treat the failure to maintain the requisite insurance as a breach of this Agreement and terminate the Agreement as provided herein.

4.5 If the CITY reasonably determines that the amounts of insurance held by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement are no longer sufficient, or that additional types of coverage are needed, the CONTRACTOR shall modify the existing coverage or obtain additional policies, as the CITY shall reasonably determine. All new policies shall be on the terms and conditions contained herein.

4.6 The CONTRACTOR shall annually within ten (10) days of the anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement and at any other time requested by CITY, provide to the CITY evidence that all insurance required pursuant to this Agreement continues to be in full force and effect.

4.7 If CONTRACTOR maintains higher insurance limits than the minimums shown above, CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage for the higher insurance limits otherwise maintained by the CONTRACTOR.

5. Non-Liability of Officials and Employees of the City . No official or employee of CITY shall be personally liable to CONTRACTOR in the event of any default or breach by CITY, or for any amount which may become due to CONTRACTOR.

6. Non-Discrimination. CONTRACTOR covenants there shall be no discrimination against any person or group due to race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, age, handicap, national origin, or ancestry, in any activity pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Independent Contractor. It is agreed that CONTRACTOR shall act and be 183
an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY and shall obtain no rights to any benefits which accrue to CITY'S employees.

8. Compliance with Law. In performing services pursuant to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall at all times comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations of the federal, state, and local government, including the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, as such chapter may periodically be amended.

9. Notices. All notices shall be personally delivered or mailed to the below listed address, or to such other addresses as may be designated by written notice.

These addresses shall be used for delivery of service of process.

IF TO
CONTRACTOR:

IF TO CITY:

WITH COPY TO:

Action Southland Enterprises,
Inc.,dba Action Southland Towing
Attention: Scott Kattengel, CFO
7600 Industry Way
Stanton, CA 90680

City Manager
City of Garden Grove
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA
92840

Garden Grove City Attorney
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA 92840
184

10. Contract Documents. This Agreement shall include the requirements of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipa l Code, as such chapter may periodically be amended, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and the CONTRACTOR'S proposal which are each incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency among these documents, the terms of this Agreement, Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and lastly the CONTRACTOR's Proposal shall, in that order, govern.

11. Licenses. Permits, and Fees. At its sole expense, CONTRACTOR shall obtain a Garden Grove Business License, all permits, and licenses as may be required by this Agreement or otherwise to perform the work.

CONTRACTOR shall maintain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement all licenses and permits required to perform the se rvices required by this Agreement.

12. Familiarity with Work. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR warrants that: (1) it has investigated the work to be per formed; (2) it has investigated the site of the work and is aware of all conditions there; and (3) it understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions of the work under this Agreement. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions materially differing from those inherent in the work or as represented by CITY, it shall immediately inform CITY of this and shall not proceed, except at CONTRACTOR'S risk, until written instructions are received from CITY.

13. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

14. Limitations Upon Subcontracting and Assignment. The experience, knowledge, capability, and reputation of CONTRACTOR, its principals and employees are a substantial inducement for CITY to enter into this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall not contract with any other entity to perform the services required without w ritten approval of the CITY. This Agreement may not be assigned voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of CITY. If CONTRACTOR is permitted to subcontract any part of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to CITY for the acts and omissions of its subcontractor as it is for persons directly employed.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and CITY. All persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of CONTRACTOR. CITY will deal directly with and will make all payments to CONTRACTOR.

15. Authority to Execute. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties warrant that they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement and that by executing this Agreement, the parties are formally bound.

185

16. Indemnification. CONTRACTOR agrees to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY and its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including but not limited to, for injury or death of any person, or damage to property, or interference with use of property, arising out of, or in any way connected with performance of the Agreement by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S ag ents, officers, employees, subcontractors, or independent contractors hired by CONTRACTOR. This obligation shall also include payment of reasonable attorney fees and other litigation costs incurred by CITY. The only exception to CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY, shall be due to the sole negligence or intentional wrongful conduct of CITY, or any of its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, or employees.

This hold harmless agreement shall apply to all liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by CONTRACTOR.

17. Termination.

17.1 This Agreement may be terminated by the CITY at any time during the initial three (3) year term, or the subsequent one -year terms, if extended, upon breach of this Agreement or violation of the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code. In the event of termination for cause by the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall be compensated for those services that have been fully and adequately completed and accepted by the CITY as of the date of termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination. Termination of this Agreement for cause may be considered by the CITY in determining whether to enter into future contracts with CONTRACTOR.

17.2 This Agreement may also be terminated by the CITY without cause upon thirty (30) days’ notice. In the event that the CITY should terminate the Agreement without cause, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to payment for services fully and adequately provided hereunder prior to the effective date of the termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination.

17.3 In the event this Agreement is terminated as provided by this Section 17, the CITY may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, services similar to those terminated.

186

17.4 The rights and remedies of the parties provided in this Section 17 are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by la w or under this Agreement.

18. Insolvency. The CONTRACTOR shall not, without the prior written consent of CITY, suffer either the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all of the assets of the CONTRACTOR, or make a general assignment of such assets for the benefit of creditors. Any such action taken or suffered by the CONTRACTOR under any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding constitutes a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, and all property assigned by the CITY for safe care shall be "released" by CONTRACTOR to another assigned service provider, as specified by the Chief of Police, with a reimbursement for towing, storage, and related fees, borne by the service provider assuming the new responsibility.

19. Integration. This Agreement fully expresses all understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements regarding the matters covered by this Agreement.

20. Amendments. No modification, amendment, addition to, deletion or alteration of the terms of this Agreement, whether written or oral, shall be valid unless made in writing and formally approved and executed by all parties.

21. No Waiver.

21.1 No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy available hereunder shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver of any default or condition hereunder must be in writing and shall not be construed as a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

21.2 The waiver by the CITY of any breach by the CONTRACTOR of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach or default by the CONTRACTOR either of the same or a different provision of this Agreement.

22. Third Party Beneficiaries. The terms of this Agreement are intended to confer benefits only on the parties to this Agreement. No rights of action shall accrue to any other persons or entities under this Agreement.

23. Change of Circumstances . Each party shall promptly notify the other party of any legal impediment, change of circumstances, pending litigation or any other event or condition that may adversely affect such party's ability to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement. 187

24. Severability. If any term or condition, paragraph, phrase or word of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

25.Venue. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In the event of any legal action to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the sole and exclusive venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California, and the parties hereto agree to and do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court, notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure section 394.

26. Appropriations. This Agreement is subject to and contingent upon funds being appropriated therefor by the Garden Grove City Council for each fiscal year covered by the term of this Agreement. If such appropriations are not made, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to the CITY

(Agreement Signature Block on Next Page)

188

28 IN WITNESS THEREOF, these parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year shown below.

Date: _____________ "CITY"

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

By:___________________________
City Manager
ATTESTED:

____________________________
City Clerk

Date: _______________________
"CONTRACTOR"
Action Southland Enterprises, Inc.
dba Action Southland Towing

By: ___________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

Date: __________________________

Tax ID No. ______________________

If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, a
Corporate Resolution and/or Corporate
Seal is required. If a partnership,
Statement of Partnership must be
submitted to CITY.

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________
Garden Grove City Attorney

____________________________
Date

189
29 ATTACHMENT"A
RFP No. S-1370

PROVIDE POLICE ROTATIONAL TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES

TO THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE ON AN ON -CALL BASIS

SCOPE OF WORK

The City of Garden Grove (CITY) is seeking one or more contractors to Provide Police Rotational Towing and Storage Service for the City Of Garden Grove On An On-Call Basis in accordance with the Scope of Work detailed below. The Contractor shall furnish All Labor, Materials, Equipment and incidentals need ed to provide towing and storage services on an on-call basis for the City of Garden Grove. The CITY intends to enter into an Agreement(s) for a fixed period(s) of time with options to renew or extend the Agreement(s) for additional terms, exercised one y ear at a time.

1. SERVICES GENERALLY

1.1 The CONTRACTOR has the right to tow, impound, and store vehicles at the direction of the Garden Grove Police Department (hereinafter “City”, "Police Department" or "G.G.P.D.") within or out of the jurisdictional boundaries of the CITY, subject to the Police Department's call -for- service system, as it may be amended from time to time, at the Police Department's sole discretion.

1.2 Provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall deprive the owner or operator of a vehicle from requesting and receiving towing services from a person or entity other than the CONTRACTOR.

1. 3 Provided, however, that when, in the opinion of the Police Department, an emergency exists, or where the CONTRACTOR is either unable or unwilling for any reason to provide adequate or timely tow service, the Police Department shall have the right to call other tow services, which may or may not be under contract with the CITY. Under such circumstances, the decision to call another tow service, either under contract or not, shall be at the exclusive discretion of the Police Department.

2. LOCATION

2.1 CONTRACTOR shall maintain a physical location with a yard for vehicle storage, along with an office for payment of fees and vehicle releases, which location shall be within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits, and from which the business shall be conducted. Such physical location 190
30 shall be subject to approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. A company may establish and maintain an additional location within or outside the CITY as a yard for vehicle storage, subject to the approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. Except as otherwise directed by the Police Department, each vehicle towed pursuant to this Scope of Work shall be stored at a facility, which is located within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits. Distance shall be measured by distance straight line, without regard to intervening structures or obje cts, from the nearest point on the property line of the parcel where the tow service facility is located to the nearest point on the city limit boundary. All business offices and storage facilities shall meet all requirements of the contract and the Scope of Work within this RFP document.

2.2 All vehicles stored or impounded at the direction of the Police Department shall be towed directly to the CONTRACTOR's impound and storage facilities, unless the Police Department requests that they be taken to some other location. If the vehicle is towed pursuant to a citizen request, then at the request of the citizen the vehicle can be stored at any business location of the owner, which has been approved, by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee.

2.3 Any proposed change in the CONTRACTOR's facility locations shall be reported, in writing, to the police department at least sixty (60) days prior to making such change. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee for any change of location.

3. PERSONNEL

3.1 CONTRACTOR shall comply with and ensure that each of its tow truck drivers complies with the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code.

3.2 No person employed as a tow truck driver for the CONTRACTOR shall have access to any G.G.P.D. stored or towed vehicle until such time as that person has received written approval from the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

3.3 Any tow truck driver permit application obtained by the CONTRACTOR or its driver from the Police Department shall be returned to the Police Department accompanied by a State of California Department of Motor Vehicles ("DMV") printout.

3.4 Tow truck operators shall be proficient in the use of the tow truck they are driving and related equipment, including, but not limited to the procedure necessary for the safe towing and recovery of various types of vehicles. It is the responsibility of the tow service company to ensure, its drivers are trained, qualified and competent employees of the business. The drivers shall complete training and have received a certificate of completion through a 191
31 recognized tow industry association or company specialized in the training of tow drivers. The training shall be hands -on and a minimum of 16 hours for light duty class tow trucks an d 24 hours for heavy duty class tow trucks. A copy of the certificate of completion for each tow truck operator providing services pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by CONTRACTOR to the Police Department prior to commencement of each operator's employment.

3.5 All CONTRACTOR tow truck operators shall possess valid California Tow Truck Driver certificates and Driver's Licenses in the proper class pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 13378 and 12804.9(b).

3.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department annually (within 10 days of the anniversary of the Agreement) a list of its tow truck operators, including driver's license numbers and a DMV printout for each tow truck operator. Any subsequent employment of a new tow truck operator shall be reported in writing to the police department with 24 hours, including submittal of the above­ referenced information. Any new driver shall not act as a tow truck driver or have access to any vehicles towed or stored by G.G.P.D. unless and until the information in above has been submitted.

3.7 CONTRACTOR shall notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee in ten (10) days of any change of information on the original application. Failure to notify the Chief of Police in ten (10) days is grounds for revocation of the written approval.

3.8 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department the name of any tow truck operator no longer employed by CONTRACTOR. This notification shall be given to the Traffic Department no later than ten (10) business days following the last date of such operator's employment by CONTRACTOR.

3.9 The CONTRACTOR shall have an alcohol and drug program that includes at a minimum, maintaining an alcohol and drug free work environment.

Any tow truck operator found working under the influence of alcohol or drugs shall immediately be removed from providing any service to the CITY.

3.10 The CONTRACTOR sha ll participate in the California Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) Employer Pull Notice Program.

3.11 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall maintain acceptable standards of dress, including uniforms and cleanliness while on duty.

3.12 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall cooperate with and abide by the instructions of the police officers in the field.

3.13 Each of CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall obtain from the CITY a 192
32 clip­ on identification tag which such operator shall wear at all times when performing services for the CITY in order to allow ease of tow truck operator identification.

3.14 If any tow truck operator becomes ineligible to provide tow operator services to the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee of such ineligibility and the reason(s) therefore.

3.15 The CONTRACTOR must have a minimum of three (3) verifiable years for - hire towing experience, as an owner or principal.

A. An applicant who does not meet the three (3) verifiable years for -hire towing experience may be considered, if a full -time manager who possesses the required tow management experience is employed by the company. The manager shall have the authority to conduct all company business.

B. If the manager ceases to be employed by the company, the tow Agreement shall be deemed suspended until a new qualified manager is in place. The company will have thirty (30) days to replace the manager to be considered for lifting of the suspension.

C. An owner or operator who releases vehicles, compl etes lien sales paperwork, and other tow business related documents for three years in the company, with the qualified manager, will fulfill the three years for-hire-towing experience requirement.

4. TOWING SERVICE DUTIES

After being requested to the scene by the Police Department, the C O N T R A C T O R ’ ’ s tow truck operator shall comply with all of the following:

4.1 Not move or attach a tow truck to any vehicle until instructed to do so by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

4.2 Cooperate with the investigating officer of the Police Department in removing unsafe and/or illegally parked vehicles from the street, and in the storing or impounding of such vehicles as requested.

4.3 On collision calls, clean up and remove all debris from the accident scene, including but not limited to clean up and removal of all vehicle fluids in the street with absorbent material, as directed by CITY officers and in accordance with Section 27700 of the California Vehicle Code.

4.4 Provide the owner or driver of towed vehicles (when present at scene) with a CONTRACTOR's business card indicating where the vehicles will be stored 193
33 or impounded (including address and telephone number).

4.5 Vehicles brought to Police Department or a designated facility from the scene for processing and then towed to the tow yard will incur an additional second tow fee equal to one-half of the regular tow fee. Storage fees will not start until this vehicle is stored at the towing facility.

4.6 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible and held accountable for personal property, vehicle accessories and the vehicle upon receipt of the vehicle from G.G.P.D. The City of Garden Grove, its officers, agents or employees shall not be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle, accessory, equipment or personal property towed or stored upon the tow truck driver acknowledging receipt for the vehicle by his/her signature on the stored vehicle report form.

4.7 CONTRACTOR shall not dispose of or otherwise relinquish control of an y vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D.without a written approval to do so.

Written approval is required for any vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. and the tow truck driver signs a stored vehicle report form and receives a copy of the stored vehicle report. The G.G.P.D. stored automobile release form will be the normal form for release.

4.8 The release of property from a vehicle will be handled in the same manner as a vehicle release. The stored automobile release form will again be used, but a stamp, "property only" will be utilized at the top of the form. The person who authorizes the release of the property will make the modification and will be specific as to description of the property to be released. All property shall be released pursuant to CVC § 22851(b) and CVC § 22651.07. Personal property includes any property not affixed to the vehicle (e.g. clothes, cell phones, papers, pull-out / detachable face radios, etc.)

4.9 Vehicles shall be released during the business hours of 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday, "excluding holidays and weekends". There will be, however, occasions arising that can require "after hours releases" of certain vehicles.

When the circumstances appear to justify an "after hour release" of a vehicle, approval of the release must be secured from the on-duty Police Supervisor.

Inoperable vehicles will not be released after hours.

4.10 For purposes of clarity, vehicles towed or stored at the request of citizens, for which no stored vehicle report is utilized, will not require a stored automobile release. Citizens requesting the towing of vehicles under their control shall enter into an agreement with the tow service; G.G.P.D. will act as an avenue of communication between the citizen and the tow service.

4.11 When a party obtains a G.G.P.D. stored vehicle release and presents it to the tow service, the vehicle and/or property shall be released to that person upon verification of identity and the payment of the fees. The registered owner will be required to pay for "property only" releases a t the G.G.P.D. records 194
34 counter. An after-hours fee will be paid to the tow service for "property only" or vehicle releases after the normal business hours of the tow service.

4.12 Once the tow service has received the G.G.P.D. stored automobile release, the tow service is no longer obligated to G.G.P.D. for the continued safe storage of the vehicle and/or property taken.

4.13 If after a "property only” release is obtained, the registered owner may return to the records counter, produce the paid receipt for the "property only" release and request a vehicle impound release paying the difference.

4.14 In the event a vehicle has been stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. due to error or negligence, or where the owner was not properly notified of the impoundment of the vehicle in a timely manner, at the request of G.G.P.D. no charges or fees shall be paid, and the vehicle shall be released to the owner or the owner's agent. The City of Garden Grove shall not be liable for any such charges or fees.

4.15 If the error is not discovered before charges or fees are paid to CONTRACTOR for the release of vehicle by owner or owner's agents.

CONTRACTOR shall issue a refund of such charges or fees, if requested within a period of thirteen (13) days after the vehicle is stored.

4.16 If the error is not discovered for a period of thirteen (13) business days after the vehicle is stored and the tow service has initiated lien sale process, as required by C.V.C 22851.8, the tow service shall be entitled to recover actual costs incurred to initiate the lien.

4.17 In the event a tow truck driver has hooked up a vehicle at the direction of G.G.P.D. and the vehicle owner or person in control of the vehicle appears, and the officer decides the vehicle can be released at the scene, then a payment of one-half (1/2) of the tow charge may be charged by CONTRACTOR to and be payable by the vehicle owner or person in control of the vehicle to CONTRACTOR prior to the vehicle being dropped. The G.G.P.D. officer will complete the stored vehicle report noting the release and payment. The officer will then give the tow truck driver the copy as though the tow had been completed. A case number will be assigned to the release of the vehicle; no SVS entry will be made.

4.18 In the case of a vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. that is of low value and qualifies as a junk vehicle as described within California Vehicle Code Sections 22670 or 22851.10, the tow service may request D.M.V. Form 462, Public Agency Authorization to dispose of a Vehicle to a Scrap Iron Processor or Dismantler, in lieu of obtaining the stored automobile release to process a lien sale for the vehicle. This form will suffice for final disposition of the vehicle and no other release is necessary. Form #462 cannot be issued for (15) 195
35 fifteen days from the day the vehicle is first stored at the tow facility.

4.19 In addition to the storage yard, the tow service shall maintain a closed building that affords storage of four (4) additional full size vehicles. This enclosure shall be of such size and construction to allow for Forensic Services examination of the cars in a dry environment during inclement weather.

Access to this enclosed storage building shall be severely limited by CONTRACTOR, as directed by the investigator assigned to the case for which the vehicle has been impounded. Vehicles towed or stored with an “evidence hold” shall not be touched, moved or tampered with in any manner without the express consent of the assigned G.G.P.D investigator or designee.

4.20 The Contractor agrees to tow and store vehicles taken pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined in CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) without charge to the CITY and agrees to release the vehicle to the owner at the CITY’s request. The initial towing fee shall be billed to the owner of the vehicle. Storage fees shall not begin to accrue until 24 hours after the vehicle has been released by G.G.P.D. Unless waived in whole or in part by G.G.P.D., the tow company may pursue collections from the registered owner for the initial towing fees. Furthermore, the Contractor may attempt to collect these fees, or make arrangements to collect these fees, at the time of release but shall not hold the vehicle in lieu of payment unless specifically authorized by G.G.P.D.

4.21 CONTRACTOR understands and acknowledges that GGPD has a right to access, inspect or remove from any tow storage yard any and all vehicles towed pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined by CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) regardless of any payment owed or due from the owner of said vehicle.

4.22 CONTRACTOR must advise the Police Department Traffic Division in writing within ten (10) business days, if a person picking up a vehicle, complains to the tow service of damage to the vehicle or any missing vehicle accessories or personal property from the vehicle for which the tow service company denies responsibility.

4.23 All CONTRACTOR's employees who have access to the storage yard or the personal property which is taken out of any vehicle for storage or safe keeping must provide a complete set of fingerprints, complete an application and have written authorization from the Garden Grove Police Chief for such access.

4.24 Upon request of (a) the registered owner; (b) the legal owner; (c) the insurance carrier of either (a) or (b) of this section; or (d) the duly authorized agent of any of the foregoing, CONTRACTOR shall furnish an itemized statement upon request and without demanding payment as a condition. The statement shall include the service performed, labor and special equipment used in towing the vehicle.
196
36 4.25 A vehicle on a thirty-(30) day hold may be signed over to the tow company by the legal owner prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) days. The legal owner must first obtain a vehicle release from the Police Department. The tow company after receiving the vehicle release from the Poli ce Department must apply for a lien release prior to selling the vehicle.

4.26 CONTRACTOR may, in the exercise of CITY's discretion, be assigned by the G.G.P.D. to provide service to a portion of the CITY and/or on a rotational basis. The area assigned to the CONTRACTOR will be determined in the sole discretion of the Police Chief. Currently the CITY is divided into two divisions, "East & West." The division of the CITY is determined by the calls for service within these divisions. In the event a need arises to utilize more tow trucks than one division has, the services of the other division may be used.

5. RESPONSE TIME

5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a response time of no more than twenty-five (25) minutes. Response time is the difference between the time the CONTRACTOR is notified and the time the tow truck arrives at the required location. Emergency conditions, as verified by local media or traffic enforcement, may be acceptable reasons for not meeting the response time requirement. Equipment or personnel sho rtage, or lack of availability is not an acceptable reason for failure to meet response times.

5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall give priority to all of the CITY's requests for service.

5.3 The CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall notify the Police Department when a tow vehicle cannot respond immediately, give the reason for the delay, and an estimated time of arrival. In the event of an additional delay, the CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall again notify the Police Department and give the new estimated time of arrival. To ensure a timely response, the Police Department, in its sole discretion, may cancel any call -for-service because of a response delay and may request service from another tow service provider.

5.4 If the tow truck unit(s) has/have not arrived at the scene within twenty (25) minutes from the time requested, the Police Department, based on the urgency of the field situation, may request a different towing service to respond to the call, whether the different tow service has a contract with the CITY or not since there may be a situation where a contract tow company is not available and/or does not have the equipment to handle 197
37 the requested task. It will then be necessary for the Officer to call a tow company not on the CITY's rotational tow list. This decision is at the discretion of the officer on scene.

5.5 In the event CONTRACTOR is unable to respond to calls at the request of the Garden Grove Police Department, it shall be understood that the Police Department has the right to call another towing company on the rotation list. The original tow service will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list. It is incumbent upon the tow service to advise the police dispatcher of any problems that may arise to adversely affect response time.

5.6 The Police Department, in order to expedite service can request any tow service out of order on the rotation list. The tow service requested will not lose its place on the rotation list.

5.7 If, while rendering assistance in response to a CITY call for towing, a second CITY call for towing is generated to the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR's tow truck operator shall, before responding to the second call, ensure that all vehicles at the first site are sufficiently clear of the roadway so that no obstruction to normal traffic exists. Once the second call is handled to conclusion, the vehicles at the first site may be towed as necessary.

6. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

6.1 All towing equipment, recovery equipment, and carrier ratings are based on structural factors only. Actual towing, carrying, and recovery capacity can be limited by the capacity of the chassis and the optional equipment selected. The criteria to determine the safe towing limits are:

(1) The total weight of the truck, including the lifted load , must fall within the Manufacturer's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and not exceed either the Front or Rear Axle Ratings (FAWR, RAWR).

(2) The truck must meet all applicable State and/or Federal standards.

(3) A tow driver when towing a vehicle shall not exceed the GVWR and the Axle Weight Rating (AWR) for the tow truck.

(4) CONTRACTOR must have a qualified driver for each piece of equipment owned and listed in their proposal.

6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall own or have leased to it at least four (4) tow trucks that will be based at its CITY -approved storage facilities a nd which trucks shall be available to perform towing services at all times during the term of this Agreement. Two trucks shall have a minimum GVWR of 19,000 lbs. The 198
38 CONTRACTOR shall not use a tow truck with a class rating of less than one ton.

6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall have at least three (3) conventional slings or wheel lift type trucks, one (1) rollback car carrier, one (1) 16 ton 35GVW medium duty truck, and one (1) 50 ton 80 GVW heavy duty truck throughout the term of the contract.

6.4 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall be equipped as tow trucks in compliance with the provisions of the California Vehicle Code including, but not limited to, Sections 615, 24605, 25100, 27700, and 27907. Tow trucks shall be equipped with red flares, lanterns or reflectors, hand tools (required to remove a drive shaft if necessary) crowbar, rope, broom, shovel, dustpan, absorbent material for clean -up of hazardous materials, fire extinguisher, portable red tail lights and stop lights for towed vehicles, equipment fo r opening locked vehicles, go jacks and safety chains.

6.5 All CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have available adequate equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors and other heavy vehicle equipment.

This includes a set of dollies capable of supporting any passenger vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in Section 6.5, if the CONTRACTOR does not have the necessary equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors or other heavy vehicle equipment, the CONTRACTOR may decline to provide the requested service.

6.6 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that have gone over embankments or off traveled portions of roadways into remote areas or other difficult locations.

6.7 Motorcycles that are stored, impounded, or towed from a collision scene at the request of the Police Department shall be hauled by a trailer that is designed to carry motorcycles, or by a flatbed truck.

6.8 Any equipment used and maintained by the CONTRACTOR shall be available fo r inspection by the Police Department upon request. The CONTRACTOR vehicles shall be subject to random inspection by the CITY.

6.9 The CONTRACTOR shall be equipped for and have personnel proficient in, unlocking locked vehicles. The CONTRACTOR shall unlock locked vehicles when requested to do so by the Police Department.

6.10 Throughout the term of the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a neat and clean manner and in good working condition its storage facilities and improvements thereon, all vehicles, facilities, equipment, and materials used by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work. Any additions to or deletions from the CONTRACTOR's tow truck fleet shall be reported immediately, in writing, to the Chief of Police or his/her designee. 199
39 6.11 CONTRACTOR shall maintain four (4) operational tow trucks. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR has only three (3) operational tow trucks, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed thirty (30) days including holidays and weekends to have four (4) operational tow trucks. If the CONTRACTOR has two (2) or less tow trucks operational, it will be removed from the rotational list, until it has three (3) tow trucks operational. The CONTRACTOR will then be allowed up to an additional fifteen (15) days, including holidays and weekends, t o get another tow truck operational, for a total of four (4) operational tow trucks. Failure to comply shall be a breach of the contract. Repeated instances of less than four (4) operational tow trucks shall constitute grounds for termination of the tow services agreement

7. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

7.1 The CONTRACTOR during the term of the contract shall maintain, and have approved by the City, a continuous means of communication between the Contractor's dispatcher and each CONTRACTOR tow vehicle. The CONTRACTOR shall also maintain and staff, on a 24-hour basis, a telephone to receive calls from the police department and members of the public.

7.2 Use of Citizen's Band Class D radio equipment by the CONTRACTOR is prohibited.

7.3 Telephone service maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be adequate to receive police calls without delay. The telephone terminals shall be monitored at all times. Recording machines or similar devices are not allowed. If a call from G.G.P.D. is not answered within six (6) rings or the line is busy after two attempts, or placed on hold for more than a minute, the call will be terminated, the CONTRACTOR will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list and the tow service next in line will be called.

7.4 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a list of telephone numbers to be called in order of priority. Changes to contact list shall be provided immediately in writing to the Chief of Police or his/her designee along with the effective date of the change(s).

8. HOURS

8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide twenty-four (24) hour towing service, seven (7) days a week.

8.2 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there will be an employee on call twenty­ four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and capable of being present or available for releasing impounded or store d vehicles to the public in accordance with Section 4.9 of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR’s response time for such releases shall be no longer than one (1) hour. 200
40 9. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9.1 Each CONTRACTOR vehicle shall display identification signs in compliance with Section 27907 of the California Vehicle Code. The CONTRACTOR shall not display any signs or advertising that indicates that the CONTRACTOR is an official towing service or police garage of the CITY.

9.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not, through its advertisements or otherwise, in any way publicize any official or other business connection with the CITY, nor shall the CONTRACTOR advertise any address or telephone number of the CITY as a location or place to call for vehicle towing and storage service.

10. STORAGE SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES

10.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all vehicles, accessories and equipment thereon, and all personal property therein, stored by CONTRACTOR. It shall be the Contractor's duty to protect such stored vehicles, accessories, equipment, and property against all loss, damage by fire, theft, or other causes.

10.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the negligent acts and omissions of its employees and for any property damage caused by CONTRACTOR or its employees to any vehicle under their control.

11. STORAGE FACILITY STANDARDS

The CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provisions for the security of vehicles and property at its storage facilities, which shall at a minimum consist of all of the following:

11.1 All vehicles shall be stored in a building, or in an area or areas enclosed by a substantial wall or fence. The storage yard shall be enclosed with a concrete block wall or chain-link type fence of a height of not less than six (6) feet. The top of the fence shall be equipped with two (2) or more strands of barbed wire installed in such a manner as to discourage access by climbing the fence.

Concertina type razor wire may be substituted for barbed wire, subject to G.G.P.D. approval.

11.2 The bottom edge of the fence shall not rise more than two (2) inches above the finished surface of the parking area of the storage yard. A secure locking system shall be a part of the gate and it shall otherwise meet the same standards for security as described for the fence.

11.3 All storage facilities shall be paved and maintained in good working order and secured at all times. Any damage affecting security of vehicles, lighting and/or evidence shall be repaired within twenty-four (24) hours of the damage. 201
41 11.4 The minimum total capacity of the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities for storage shall be spaces for seventy-five (75) vehicles.

11.5 All storage facilities must be approved for security by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee, and available for inspection by the Police Department at all times upon request of the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

11.6 In the event of theft from the vehicles stored in the yard, the CONTRACTOR must take additional measures satisfactory to the G.G.P.D. to protect the vehicles and property in the vehicles.

11. 7 Registered or legal owners, having obtained a vehicle release from the Garden Grove Police Department, shall be allowed to inspect their vehicle without having to pay the storage fees first.

11.8 The CONTRACTOR shall not perform any work upon any vehicle without first obtaining written permission from the owner of the vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all work on impounded vehicles shall be handled pursuant to Section 12 below.

11.9 If the CONTRACTOR videotapes or otherwise records images of the storage facility, such videotapes and photographs shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR for at least ninety-(90) days.

12. IMPOUNDED VEHICLES & INSIDE STORAGE

12.1 Vehicles that have been impounded by order of the police department shall not be released, lien sold, worked on, altered, or tampered with, moved or otherwise disturbed without a written release from the Police Department.

12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall maintain, without charge to the CITY, separat e, fully enclosed, and secure garage storage facilities for a minimum of four ( 4) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department.

12.3 The Police Department shall have sole access to such separate impound facilities to access any vehicles towed or stored by the Police Department.

12.4 The Police Department shall designate when a vehicle is to be placed into inside impound storage. Vehicles placed into this impound space shall not be removed from such protection until approved and authorized in writing by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

12.5 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Police Department of any vehicles being impounded within the CITY pursuant to private party impound requests immediately prior to commencement of the towing of such vehicles. 202
42 13. RELEASE OF VEHICLES

13.1 The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the release of all vehicles stored by the Police Department, including impounded vehicles. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to release to the registered owner, legal owner, or authorized representative all vehicles that the tow company did not receive a stored vehicle report, (Form 180), from the Officer or CITY employee at the scene.

13.2 After obtaining a release from the Garden Grove Police Department, registered or legal owners or an agent of the owner requesting to inspect their vehicles or remove property from their vehicles shall be allowed to do so without having to pay the storage fees first. Such inspections and property removals shall be available only during the CONTRACTOR's regular business hours.

14. RECORDS

14.1 The CONTRACTOR shall log, maintain, complete and accurate business records of the tow service including: a description of the vehicle, nature of service, time, location, tow truck driver handling the call and an itemized total charge. These records shall be available for inspection by G.G.P.D., with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours. These records shall be kept for a minimum period of three (3) years.

14.2 Record systems must provide for immediate access, upon inquiry by the Chief of Police or his/her designee, to the following information:

14.2.1 Locate vehicle from the Police Department's report number.

14.2.2 Locate vehicle from license number only.

14.2.3 Locate vehicle from make, color, date and location of impound.

14.2.4. Date of filing of all lien sale documents with DMV.

14.3 The CONTRACTOR shall submit a report, by the 10th day of each month, to the Police Department, which shall include all the following information for the preceding month:

14.3.1 Total CITY impounds and storages.

14.3.2 Number of times dispatched by the Police Department.

14.3.3 Number of calls for service resulting in impounds.

203
43 14.3.4 Number of calls for services that resulted in having to spend more than one hour on the call.

15. LIENS AND DISPOSALS

15.1 On or before the 10 th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the Police Department a list of all vehicles that have been sold at lien sale during the previous month, and date of the action. This list shall include the vehicle owner's name, address, vehicle make, vehicle model, vehicle year, license number, VIN number, and Police Department record number.

Copies of all lien sale documents shall be submitted with each list. The document shall be dated and is to include all charges imposed on each sale.

15.2 Prior to a lien sale of any vehicle, CONTRACTOR shall confirm with CITY the amount of any outstanding amounts due with respect to parking citations pertaining to the vehicle and shall cooperate with CITY to recover, the extent feasible, all such outstanding amounts due.

Notwithstanding the lien priority established pursuant to subdivision (b) of Vehicle Code Section 22851.1, for all lien sold vehicles that were impounded and not released under, or in connection with, subdivision (i) of Vehicle Code Section 22651, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the total lien sale price received by CONTRACTOR. For all lien sold vehicles with respect to which outstanding amounts are owed CITY for parking violations, but with respect to which CITY does not have a lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 22651(i) or 22851.1, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent ( 50%) of the total lien sale price otherwise due to CONTRACTOR in satisfaction of its lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Section 22851(a). CONTRACTOR shall be respon sible for filing of all necessary paperwork related to the lien sale and satisfaction of outstanding amounts owed CITY with respect to parking citations.

15.3 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all State law requirements for the disposal of unclaimed vehicles.

16. INSPECTION

16.1 A CHP (California Highway Patrol) inspection of the company's towing equipment, facility or facilities is required.

16.2 In addition to the CHP inspection report, the CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected at least two (2) times per year (annually) without notice, during normal business hours by the Police 204
44 Department Traffic Division, and a re port filed thereon. The Garden Grove Police Department shall be authorized to perform field inspections of CONTRACTOR's equipment at any time without notice.

16.3 The City Building Division and the Fire Department, on request of the Chief of Police, may inspect the premises proposed to be devoted to public automobile storage and make recommendations to the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

16.4 CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours by the Police Department Traffic Division, and a report filed thereon. The Police Department may rely on inspections conducted by the CHP.

16.5 If any deficiencies or equipment violations are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection, the CONTRACTOR will be so advised in writing. The CONTRACTOR will be given ten (10) business days to rectify the deficiency or violation. Failure to comply will constitute a breach of this agreement.

16.6 If in the opinion of the Police Department Traffic Division, the deficiencies or equipment violations which are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection prevent a vehicle from being operated in a safe manner, the vehicle will be taken out of service. Failure to co mply may result in the CONTRACTOR being removed from the call list.

17. MOTORISTS ASSISTANCE

17.1 Whenever motorist requests tow assistance from the Police Department and does not specify a particular tow company or membership agency, the service shall, in the sole discretion of the Police Department, be assigned to either the CONTRACTOR or another tow service company awarded a contract for tow service by the CITY. All charges arising out of such assistance assigned to the CONTRACTOR shall be the exclusive respo nsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the requesting motorist. The CITY shall not be liable for any charges whatsoever arising out of a motorist assistance call. The CONTRACTOR shall not charge such motorist more than the rates specified in the contract.

18. ASSUMPTION OF RISK

18.1 The CONTRACTOR assumes all risk in the event of damage, theft, fire or otherwise, of the vehicles or any other property towed, impounded, or stored by the CONTRACTOR, its employees or agents.

18.2 Notwithstanding any other term or condition herein, in responding to any call from the police department, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim 205
45 whatsoever against the CITY or any right to recover from the CITY for the cost of any of the services it renders including but not limited to towing, storage, or cleanup fees in the performance of the contract. The CONTRACTOR shall look solely and exclusively to the owner of the vehicle towed, impounded, or stored for payment of the services provided by the CONTRACTOR.

18.3 The CONTRACTOR shall assume the entire risk of nonpayment of any service charges incurred pursuant to the Agreement.

19. DRYRUNS

19.1 The CITY shall not be liable to pay to the CONTRACTOR any charge whatsoever or fee for a call that does not result in a chargeable service being rendered by the CONTRACTOR (i.e., a "dry run").

20. CITY VEHICLE TOWING

20.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, without cost to the CITY, towing of all CITY owned vehicles as requested by the CITY.

21. ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

21.1 It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide equipment and to perform the duties as required by the Police Department. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to utilize additional resources whenever deemed necessary to perform tow service duties. This may include, but is not limited to, personnel and/or equipment of another tow operator whose employees have approval as provided for in the contract.

This, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its duties and responsibilities, and any additional cost incurred as a result of utilizing additional resources shall not be charged to the CITY.

22. ABANDONED VEHICLES

22.1 Vehicles, or parts thereof, which are disposed of through the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program by delivery to an authorized automobile dismantler, pursuant to Section 22660 of the California Vehicle Code, are excluded from the contract. No charge shall be assessed against the CITY or the owner of any vehicle that is towed, stored, or dismantled under the provisions of the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program.

23. CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT

It shall be grounds for termination of the contract, if CONTRACTOR, or any of its agents or employees or any person(s) connected or associated with the CONTRACTOR as an operator, director, officer, stockholder, general manager, or person who is exercising managerial authority of or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR 206
46 has committed any one of the following acts:

23.1 Has been convicted of a felony or any crime involving theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud or crimes of violence within the last ten (10) years or is so convicted during the term of the Agreement.

23.2 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements or advertisement in connection with the operation of the towing service.

23.3 Has conducted the towing service in a manner contrary to the peace, health, safety, and general welfare of the public.

23.4 Has violated or permitted other persons to violate, through an act of omission or commission by the CONTRACTOR, any felony or misdemeanor crime involving sexual offenses or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sale or use of a controlled substance, or any act of dishonesty, fraud, within the last ten (10) years.

23.5 Had an inspection or investigation by the City Building Division, Police Department, or Fire Department, which revealed a deficiency, violation, or conduct that endangers the peace, health, safety and general welfare of the public.

23.6 Employs tow truck drivers under 18 years of age.

23.7 Fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division in writing of any names, addresses, driver's license number of any newly employed tow truck driver within ten (10) bus iness days of their hire date, or fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division within ten (10) business days of any tow truck driver who is no longer employed by CONTRACTOR.

23.8 Has charged fees in excess of the schedule rates approved by the Police Department for rotational tow services or in excess of any Federal, State, County or City laws or regulations for towing and/or storage of vehicles or any service incidental to towing.

23.9 Has allowed the services of a tow service driver with a record of violations of the Vehicle Code which has resulted in the suspension or revocation of their driver's license or a second (2nd) driving under the influence or reckless driving conviction within the three (3) years preceding the most recent violation, to remain in CONTRACTOR's employment as a driver providing service to the CITY.

23.10 Fails to comply with any California Vehicle Code, Fe deral, State, or County regulations and laws relating to towing and/or storing of vehicles, including the impounding and storing of vehicles from private property. 207
47 23.11 Fails to maintain control of any personal property, vehicle accessories and vehicles, which have been towed.

23.12 Fails to reimburse the legal or registered owner for damage or loss that occurs while the vehicle was in the CONTRACTOR's custody.

23.13 Having allowed an unauthorized person access to the storage yard or facilities.

23.14 Any other grounds as outlined in the Agreement between the CITY and the CONTRACTOR.

23.15 Has knowingly made false, misleading or fraudulent statements of a material fact in a report or record required to be filed with the Garden Grove Police Department.

23.16 Has stopped and solicited on any street, highway or other public thoroughfare the rendering of assistance to a person or disabled vehicle without first being requested to do so, except to render emergency aid when there exists an imminent peril to life or property.

23.17 Has charged for services not performed, equipment not employed or used, service or equipment not needed or has otherwise materially misstated the nature of any service performed or equipment used.

23.18 Has been denied consideration for placement on another police department tow list or suspended from another police department tow list, within five (5) years of applying to provide tow services to the City of Garden Grove, or during the term of the CONTRACTOR's agreement with CITY.

23.19 Obtaining a tow contract from the CITY by use of fraud, trick, dishonesty, or forgery.

23.20 Towing a vehicle to a location other than approved by the Police Department as an authorized storage facility without first receiving prior authorization to do so by the Police Department.

23.21 After towing a vehicle to the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities, towing the vehicle to another location for storage or impound without authorization from the Police Department.

23.22 Defrauding or conspiring to defraud any owner of any vehicle, any insurance company, or any other person financially interested in the towing, storage, or impound of any vehicle.

23.23 Moving, tampering with, or removing a vehicle involved in a traffic collision 208
48 prior to the arrival of law enforcement officers at the scene.

23.24 The Police Department receives four (4) or more complaints against the CONTRACTOR during any twelve (12) month period that the Police Department, in its reasonable discretion, determines to be justified, regarding the service, or lack thereof, provided by the CONTRACTOR.

23.26 Failing to comply w ith any provision of the contract between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.27 Repeated or flagrant violations of the provisions of the California Vehicle Code.

23.28 Demonstrating a pattern or practice of failing to answer calls -for-service, respond promptly to calls, an d/or to maintain clean, orderly, and secured storage facilities.

23.29 Failing to obtain and maintain a current valid CITY business license.

23.30 Commission of any unlawful, false, fraudulent, deceptive, or dangerous act while conducting its towing operation business.

23.31 Allowing the insurance coverage required herein to be withdrawn, lapse or otherwise to no longer being in force for any reason.

23.32 Dissolution of business or bankruptcy.

23.33 Assignment of the Agreement, or any right or interest stated herein, without the prior written consent of Chief of Police of his/her designee.

23.34 Any recurring deviation from the Police Department approved charges as specified herein.

23.35 Has committed any act constituting dishonesty or fraud.

23.36 Has a conviction or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to a misdemeanor or felony crime involving sexual offenses, theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud, crimes of violence or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sales or use of a controlled substance within the last ten years or during the term of the Agreement between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.37 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements against the Police Department, the City of Garden Grove or its employees.

23.38 Has sold or transferred ownership of CONTRACTOR without prior written approval of the Chief of Police and/or in violation of Garden Grove Municipal Code Sections 5.52.160 through 5.52.180. Upon any change in 209
49 CONTRACTOR's ownership, CITY reserves the right to re -evaluate the new company/owners per the terms of this RFP and may terminate the Agreement at the sole discretion of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to terminate the Agreement solely as a result of a change in ownership of CONTRACTOR.

24. FEES/CHARGES

24.1 CONTRACTOR shall charge rates for all service, including an after hour's release fee, as established by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. The rates for citizen assist calls for services such as service calls or disabled vehicle tows wi ll be established by the Police Department as commercial rates for CONTRACTOR. The Chief of Police or his/her designee prior to the increase will authorize any and all rate increases.

24.2 All rates and charges shall be conspicuously posted in the CONTRACTOR's office and in all tow vehicles and shall be available for review by Police Department and/or persons for whom tow service is provided. All customer bills shall be itemized. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to collect payment for services it renders under the Agreement from the vehicle owners, and the CITY shall not be responsible in any way whatsoever for payment of these charges.

24.3 Routine clean-up such as sweep up, fluid clean -up and debris removal shall be included in the basic tow charge. Ho wever, when clean-up is determined to be excessive (by mutual agreement of the CONTRACTOR and the CITY), the rate shall be the labor rate referenced in CONTRACTOR'S proposal (quoted for "labor").

24.4 The CONTRACTOR, as prescribed within California Vehicle Code Section 22651.1, shall accept a valid bankcard, credit card or cash for payment of towing and storage by the registered owner, legal owner, or agent of the owner claiming the vehicle.

24.5 Following the completion of the initial three (3) year contract period, the Chief of Police or his/her designee may reevaluate the charges and rates set to ensure that the current rates and charges are reasonable.

24.6 The CONTRACTOR shall cause the release of any vehicle upon the direction of any Police Department Supervisor without charge for towing or storage regardless of the reason for the towing.

24.7 Fees for Lien Sale Vehicle Release: A Request Release for Lien Sale -form #439 is required prior to the lien release of any vehicle that has been stored or impounded by the Police Department. The use of this system provides a way to monitor vehicles used or involved in major crimes that may be evidence of the crime, and to prevent their release. An administrative fee of $12.00 per request release for lien sale form has been established to defray 210
50 the costs of printing, filing, verifying if the vehicle is needed as evidence, and the postage or delivery of the forms to the CONTRACTOR. The fee will begin upon the inception of this agreement. A check for the accumulative total of request release for lien sale forms will accompany each package submitted.

25. ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF REPRESENTATIVES

25.1 It is understood and agreed by the parties that the acts and/or omissions of the owner(s), officers, operators, officials, employees, agents and representatives of the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the services and obligations under this agreement shall constitute the acts and/or omissions of the CONTRACTOR and not of the CITY.

26. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

26.1 It is understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that all state and federal regulations regarding the clean-up and disposal of hazardous materials at the site of all accidents, including those involving CITY owned vehicles, are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

26.2 CONTRACTOR is responsible for maintaining all required records and receipts in the event that these documents are requested for proof of compliance. See guidance documents in APPENDIX C, which do not limit the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for all state and federal regulations regarding hazardous material clean up and disposal.

27. APPLICATION FEES

27.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be subject to the following fees intended to defray the CITY's costs of processing the Contract:

Live scan forms can be obtained at the Police Department. An appointment must be made with the front desk and please bring payment in the form of cash or check, payable to the City of Garden Grove, at the time of your appointment. The total cost is $81.00 (D.O.J. -$32.00, FBI -$17.00, and Police Department $25.00).

D.O.J background check
Annual Inspection Fee
Reinspection Fee
$32.00 (made payable to D.O.J)

$250.00

Rate of top step police officer

211
51 RFP NO. S-1370
ATTACHMENT “B”

AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE

SERVICE FEE
CLASS A $225.00
CLASS B OR FLATBED $260.00
CLASS C $375.00
CLASS D $405.00
Dolly, Go-Jacks or Linkage Fee $80.00
Rollover or Winching Fee $160.00
Clean-Up Fee (fee to City capped at $35.00 per occurrence) $90.00 Hazmat Fee (per five (5) gallon bucket) $140.00

Vehicle Storage Fees (Daily)
Class A-Outside $75.00
Class A-Inside $80.00
Class B-Outside $80.00
Class B-Inside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Outside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Inside $90.00

After Hours Release
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Minimum Service Call or Drop Fee
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Lien Sale
As authorized by
the California Civil
and Vehicle Codes
Mileage (per mile outside the corporate city limits) $12.00

TO BE POSTED IN A LOCATION CLEARLY VISIBLE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC 212
Contract for Police Rotational Towing and Storage Services

THIS AGREEMENT is made this _____day of ____ , 2026, by the CITY OF
GARDEN GROVE, a municipal corporation, ("CITY") and B&D Towing, Inc., dba Balcaceres and Davalos Towing, hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR".

RECITALS

The following recitals are a substantive part of this Agreement:

1. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Garden Grove CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZATION, DATED _______ .

2. CITY desires to utilize the services of CONTRACTOR to provide police rotational towing and storage services for the City of Garden Grove on an on-call basis.

3. CONTRACTOR is qualified by virtue of experience, training, education and expertise to provide such services.

AGREEMENT

THE PARTIES MUTUALLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Term. The term of the agreement shall be for a period of three (3) fiscal years from full execution of this agreement through June 30, 2029, with the option to extend the agreement for two (2) additional fiscal years, for a total performance period of five (5) fiscal years. Option years shall be exercised one (1) year at a time at the sole option of the CITY. All services shall be provided in accordance with the Scope of Work, Attachment, "A" which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Services to be Provided. The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR shall consist of tasks as set forth in the Proposal and Scope of Work. The Proposal is incorporated herein by reference. The Proposal, Scope of Work, and this Agreement do not guarantee any specific amount of work.

3. Compensation. CONTRACTOR shall be compensated as follows:

CONTRACTOR may charge vehicle owners the amount(s) not to exceed those charges approved by the City pursuant to the SCOPE OF WORK, attached herein as Attachment "A" and the AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE, attached herein as Attachment "B", which are incorporated herein by this reference.

213

4. Insurance Requirements.

4.1 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until all certificates and endorsements have been received and approved by the CITY. All insurance required by this Agreement shall contain a Statement of Obligation on the part of the carrier to notify the CITY of any material change, cancellation, or termination at least thirty (30) days in advance, and a waiver of subrogation, for all policies, waiving subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. All insurance required by this contract shall remain in full force and ef fect for the duration of this agreement.

4.2 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE. For the duration of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall maintain Workers Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by California law, if applicable. The insurer shall waive its rights of subrogation against the CITY, its o fficers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers.

4.3 INSURANCE AMOUNTS. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect the following insurance for the duration of this Agreement:

(a) Commercial general liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(b) Automobile liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(c) On-Hook liability in an amount not less than $200,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, a s approved by the CITY.

(d) Garage keepers’ legal liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/ Garage keepers direct in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, 214
Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(e) Excess liability coverage, following form to the underlying policies, shall be provided for any underlying policy that does not meet the insurance requirements set forth herein (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable.) Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have a Best's Guide Rating of A- Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(f) An Additional Insured Endorsement, ongoing and completed operations, for the policy under section 4.3 (a) Commercial general liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of
insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(g) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section

4.3 (b), Automobile liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(h) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section 4.3 (c), On -hook liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY' s requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(i) An Additional Insured Endorsement, for the policy under section

4.3 (d), Garage Keepers liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/Garage keepers direct, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, and storage of vehicles. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(j) In the event any of CONTRACTOR'S underlying policies do not meet policy limits within the insurance requirements,
CONTRACTOR shall provide, under section 4.3(e) Excess liability, 215
the schedule of underlying polices for a follows form excess liability policy, state that the excess policy follows form on the insurance certificate, and an additional insured endorsement for the follows form excess liability policy designating CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds.

(k) For any claims related to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR'S insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by the CITY, its officers, officials, employees’ agents, or volunteers shall by excess of the CONTRACTOR's insurance and shall not contribute with it.

4.4 If the CONTRACTOR does not keep all of such insurance policies in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Agreement, the CITY may elect to treat the failure to maintain the requisite insurance as a breach of this Agreement and terminate the Agreement as provided herein.

4.5 If the CITY reasonably determines that the amounts of insurance held by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement are no longer sufficient, or that additional types of coverage are needed, the CONTRACTOR shall modify the existing coverage or obtain additional policies, as the CITY shall reasonably determine. All new policies shall be on the terms and conditions contained herein.

4.6 The CONTRACTOR shall annually within ten (10) days of the anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement and at any other time requested by CITY, provide to the CITY evidence that all insurance required pursuant to this Agreement continues to be in full force and effect.

4.7 If CONTRACTOR maintains higher insurance limits than the minimums shown above, CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage for the higher insurance limits otherwise maintained by the CONTRACTOR.

5. Non-Liability of Officials and Employees of the City . No official or employee of CITY shall be personally liable to CONTRACTOR in the event of any default or breach by CITY, or for any amount which may become due to CONTRACTOR.

6. Non-Discrimination. CONTRACTOR covenants there shall be no discrimination against any person or group due to race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, age, handicap, national origin, or ancestry, in any activity pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Independent Contractor. It is agreed that CONTRACTOR shall act and be an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY and 216
shall obtain no rights to any benefits which accrue to CITY'S employees.

8. Compliance with Law. In performing services pursuant to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall at all times comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations of the federal, state, and local government, including the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, as such chapter may periodically be amended.

9. Notices. All notices shall be personally delivered or mailed to the below listed address, or to such other addresses as may be designated by written notice.

These addresses shall be used for delivery of service of process.

IF TO
CONTRACTOR:

IF TO CITY:

WITH COPY TO:

B&D Towing, Inc.

Attention: Efrain Davalos, Jr.,President/CEO
1502 N. Susan Street
Santa Ana, CA 92703

City Manager
City of Garden Grove
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA
92840

Garden Grove City Attorney
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA 92840
217

10. Contract Documents. This Agreement shall include the requirements of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, as such chapter may periodically be amended, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and the CONTRACTOR'S proposal which are each incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency among these documents, the terms of this Agreement, Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and lastly the CONTRACTOR's Proposal shall, in that order, govern.

11. Licenses. Permits, and Fees. At its sole expense, CONTRACTOR shall obtain a Garden Grove Business License, all permits, and licenses as may be required by this Agreement or otherwise to perform the work.

CONTRACTOR shall maintain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement all licenses and permits required to perform the services required by this Agreement.

12. Familiarity with Work. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR warrants that: (1) it has investigated the work to be per formed; (2) it has investigated the site of the work and is aware of all conditions there; and (3) it understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions of the work under this Agreement. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions materially differing from those inherent in the work or as represented by CITY, it shall immediately inform CITY of this and shall not proc eed, except at CONTRACTOR'S risk, until written instructions are received from CITY.

13. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

14. Limitations Upon Subcontracting and Assignment. The experience, knowledge, capability, and reputation of CONTRACTOR, its principals and employees are a substantial inducement for CITY to enter into this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall not contract with any other entity to perform the services required without written approval of the CITY. This Agree ment may not be assigned voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of CITY. If CONTRACTOR is permitted to subcontract any part of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to CITY for the acts and omissions of its subcontractor as it is for persons directly employed.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and CITY. All persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of CONTRACTOR. CITY will deal directly with and will make all payments to CONTRACTOR.

15. Authority to Execute. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties warrant that they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement and that by executing this Agreement, the parties are formally bound.

218

16. Indemnification. CONTRACTOR agrees to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY and its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including but not limited to, for injury or death of any person, or damage to property, or interference with use of property, arising out of, or in any way connected with performance of the Agreement by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S agents, officers, employees, subcontra ctors, or independent contractors hired by CONTRACTOR. This obligation shall also include payment of reasonable attorney fees and other litigation costs incurred by CITY. The only exception to CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY, shall be due to the sole negligence or intentional wrongful conduct of CITY, or any of its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, or employees.

This hold harmless agreement shall apply to all liability regardless of whether any ins urance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by CONTRACTOR.

17. Termination.

17.1 This Agreement may be terminated by the CITY at any time during the initial three (3) year term, or the subsequent one -year terms, if extended, upon breach of this Agreement or violation of the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code. In the event of termination for cause by the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall be compensated for those services that have been fully and adequately completed and accepted by the CITY as of the date of termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination. Termination of this Agreement for cause may be considered by the CITY in determining whether to enter into future contracts with CONTRACTOR.

17.2 This Agreement may also be terminated by the CITY without cause upon thirty (30) days’ notice. In the event that the CITY should terminate the Agreement without cause, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to payment for services fully and adequately provided hereunder prior to the effective date of the termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination.

17.3 In the event this Agreement is terminated as provided by this Section 17, the CITY may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, services similar to those terminated.

219

17.4 The rights and remedies of the parties provided in this Section 17 are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Agreement.

18. Insolvency. The CONTRACTOR shall not, without the prior written consent of CITY, suffer either the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all of the assets of the CONTRACTOR, or make a general assignment of such assets for the benefit of creditors. Any such action taken or suffered by the CONTRACTOR under any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding constitutes a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, and all property assigned by the CITY for safe care shall be "released" by CONTRACTOR to another assigned service provider, as specified by the Chief of Police, with a reimbursement for towing, storage, and related fees, borne by the service provider assuming the new responsibility.

19. Integration. This Agreement fully expresses all understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements regarding the matters covered by this Agreement.

20. Amendments. No modification, amendment, addi tion to, deletion or alteration of the terms of this Agreement, whether written or oral, shall be valid unless made in writing and formally approved and executed by all parties.

21. No Waiver.

21.1 No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy available hereunder shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver of any default or condition hereunder must be in writing and shall not be construed as a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

21.2 The waiver by the CITY of any breach by the CONTRACTOR of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach or default by the CONTRACTOR either of the same or a different provision of this Agreement.

22. Third Party Beneficiaries. The terms of this Agreement are intended to confer benefits only on the parties to this Agreement. No rights of action shall accrue to any other persons or entities under this Agreement.

23. Change of Circumstances . Each party shall promptly notify the other party of any legal impediment, change of circumstances, pending litigation or any other event or condition that may adversely affect such party's ability to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement. 220

24. Severability. If any term or condition, paragraph, phrase or word of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

25.Venue. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In the event of any legal action to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the sole and exclusive venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California, and the parties hereto agree to and do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court, notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure section 394.

26. Appropriations. This Agreement is subject to and contingent upon funds being appropriated therefor by the Garden Grove City Council for each fiscal year covered by the term of this Agreement. If such appropriations are not made, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to the CITY

(Agreement Signature Block on Next Page)

221

28 IN WITNESS THEREOF, these parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year shown below.

Date: _____________ "CITY"

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

By:___________________________
City Manager
ATTESTED:

____________________________
City Clerk

Date: _______________________
"CONTRACTOR"
B&D Towing, Inc., dba
Balcaceres and Davalos Towing

By: ___________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

Date: __________________________

Tax ID No. ______________________

If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, a
Corporate Resolution and/or Corporate
Seal is required. If a partnership,
Statement of Partnership must be
submitted to CITY.

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________
Garden Grove City Attorney

____________________________
Date

222
29 ATTACHMENT"A
RFP No. S-1370

PROVIDE POLICE ROTATIONAL TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES

TO THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE ON AN ON -CALL BASIS

SCOPE OF WORK

The City of Garden Grove (CITY) is seeking one or more contractors to Provide Police Rotational Towing and Storage Service for the City Of Garden Grove On An On-Call Basis in accordance with the Scope of Work detailed below. The Contractor shall furnish All Labor, Materials, Equipment and incidentals needed to provide towing and storage services on an on-call basis for the City of Garden Grove. The CITY intends to enter into an Agreement(s) for a fixed period(s) of time with options to renew or extend the Agreement(s) for additional terms, exercised one year at a time.

1. SERVICES GENERALLY

1.1 The CONTRACTOR has the right to tow, impound, and store vehicles at the direction of the Garden Grove Police Department (hereinafter “City”, "Police Department" or "G.G.P.D.") within or out of the jurisdictional boundaries of the CITY, subject to the Police Department's call -for- service system, as it may be amended from time to time, at the Police Department's sole discretion.

1.2 Provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall deprive the owner or operator of a vehicle from requesting and receiving towing services from a person or entity other than the CONTRACTOR.

1. 3 Provided, however, that when, in the opinion of the Police Department, an emergency exists, or where the CONTRACTOR is either unable or unwilling for any reason to provide adequate or timely tow service, the Police Department shall have the right to call other tow services, which may or may not be under contract with the CITY. Under such circumstances, the decision to call another tow service, either under contract or not, shall be at the exclusive discretion of the Police Department.

2. LOCATION

2.1 CONTRACTOR shall maintain a physical location with a yard for vehicle storage, along with an office for payment of fees and vehicle releases, which location shall be within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits, and from which the business shall be conducted. Such physical location shall be 223
30 subject to approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. A company may establish and maintain an additional location within or outside the CITY as a yard for vehicle storage, subject to the approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. Except as otherwise directed by the Police Department, each vehicle towed pursuant to this Scope of Work shall be stored at a facility, which is located within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits.

Distance shall be measured by distance straight line, without regard to intervening structures or obje cts, from the nearest point on the property line of the parcel where the tow service facility is located to the nearest point on the city limit boundary. All business offices and storage facilities shall meet all requirements of the contract and the Scope of Work within this RFP document.

2.2 All vehicles stored or impounded at the direction of the Police Department shall be towed directly to the CONTRACTOR's impound and storage facilities, unless the Police Department requests that they be taken to some other location. If the vehicle is towed pursuant to a citizen request, then at the request of the citizen the vehicle can be stored at any business location of the owner, which has been approved, by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee.

2.3 Any proposed change in the CONTRACTOR's facility locations shall be reported, in writing, to the police department at least sixty (60) days prior to making such change. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee for any change of location.

3. PERSONNEL

3.1 CONTRACTOR shall comply with and ensure that each of its tow truck drivers complies with the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code.

3.2 No person employed as a tow truck driver for the CONTRACTOR shall have access to any G.G.P.D. stored or towed vehicle until such time as that person has received written approval from the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

3.3 Any tow truck driver permit application obtained by the CONTRACTOR or its driver from the Police Depa rtment shall be returned to the Police Department accompanied by a State of California Department of Motor Vehicles ("DMV") printout.

3.4 Tow truck operators shall be proficient in the use of the tow truck they are driving and related equipment, including, but not limited to the procedure necessary for the safe towing and recovery of various types of vehicles. It is the responsibility of the tow service company to ensure, its drivers are trained, qualified and competent employees of the business. The drivers shall complete training and have received a certificate of completion through a 224
31 recognized tow industry association or company specialized in the training of tow drivers. The training shall be hands -on and a minimum of 16 hours for light duty class tow trucks and 24 hours for heavy duty class tow trucks. A copy of the certificate of completion for each tow truck operator providing services pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by CONTRACTOR to the Police Department prior to commencement of each operator's employment.

3.5 All CONTRACTOR tow truck operators shall possess valid California Tow Truck Driver certificates and Driver's Licenses in the proper class pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 13378 and 12804.9(b).

3.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department annually (within 10 days of the anniversary of the Agreement) a list of its tow truck operators, including driver's license numbers and a DMV printout for each tow truck operator. Any subsequent employment of a new tow truck operator shall be reported in writing to the police department with 24 hours, including submittal of the above­ referenced information. Any new driver shall not act as a tow truck driver or have access to any vehicles towed or stored by G.G.P.D. unless and until the information in above has been submitted.

3.7 CONTRACTOR shall notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee in ten (10) days of any change of information on the original application. Failure to notify the Chief of Police in ten (10) days is grounds for revocation of the written approval.

3.8 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department the name of any tow truck operator no longer employed by CONTRACTOR. This notification shall be given to the Traffic Department no later than ten (10) business days following the last date of such operator's employment by CONTRACTOR.

3.9 The CONTRACTOR shall have an alcohol and drug program that includes at a minimum, maintaining an alcohol and drug free work environment.

Any tow truck operator found working under the influence of alcohol or drugs shall immediately be removed from providing any service to the CITY.

3.10 The CONTRACTOR shall participate in the California Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) Employer Pull Notice Program.

3.11 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall maintain acceptable standards of dress, including uniforms and cleanliness while on duty.

3.12 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall cooperate with and abide by the instructions of the police officers in the field.

3.13 Each of CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall obtain from the CITY a 225
32 clip­ on identification tag which such operator shall wear at all times when performing services for the CITY in order to allow ease of tow truck operator identification.

3.14 If any tow truck operator becomes ineligible to provide tow operator services to the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee of such ineligibility and the reason(s) therefore.

3.15 The CONTRACTOR must have a minimum of three (3) verifiable years for - hire towing experience, as an owner or principal.

A. An applicant who does not meet the three (3) verifiable years for -hire towing experience may be considered, if a full -time manager who possesses the required tow management experience is employed by the company. The manager shall have the authority to conduct all company business.

B. If the manager ceases to be employed by the company, the tow Agreement shall be deemed suspended until a new qualified manager is in place. The company will have thirty (30) days to replace the manager to be considered for lifting of the suspension.

C. An owner or operator who releases vehicles, compl etes lien sales paperwork, and other tow business related documents for three years in the company, with the qualified manager, will fulfill the three years for-hire-towing experience requirement.

4. TOWING SERVICE DUTIES

After being requested to the scene by the Police Department, the C O N T R A C T O R ’ ’ s tow truck operator shall comply with all of the following:

4.1 Not move or attach a tow truck to any vehicle until instructed to do so by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

4.2 Cooperate with the investigating officer of the Police Department in removing unsafe and/or illegally parked vehicles from the street, and in the storing or impounding of such vehicles as requested.

4.3 On collision calls, clean up and remove all debris from the accident scene, including but not limited to clean up and removal of all vehicle fluids in the street with absorbent material, as directed by CITY officers and in accordance with Section 27700 of the California Vehicle Code.

4.4 Provide the owner or driver of towed vehicles (when present at scene) with a CONTRACTOR's business card indicating where the vehicles will be stored 226
33 or impounded (including address and telephone number).

4.5 Vehicles brought to Police Department or a designated facility from the scene for processing and then towed to the tow yard will incur an additional second tow fee equal to one-half of the regular tow fee. Storage fees will not start until this vehicle is stored at the towing facility.

4.6 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible and held accountable for personal property, vehicle accessories and the vehicle upon receipt of the vehicle from G.G.P.D. The City of Garden Grove, its officers, agents or employees shall not be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle, accessory, equipment or personal property towed or stored upon the tow truck driver acknowledging receipt for the vehicle by his/her signature on the stored vehicle report form.

4.7 CONTRACTOR shall not dispose of or otherwise relinquish control of an y vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D.without a written approval to do so.

Written approval is required for any vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. and the tow truck driver signs a stored vehicle report form and receives a copy of the stored vehicle report. The G.G.P.D. stored automobile release form will be the normal form for release.

4.8 The release of property from a vehicle will be handled in the same manner as a vehicle release. The stored automobile release form will again be used, but a stamp, "property only" will be utilized at the top of the form. The person who authorizes the release of the property will make the modification and will be specific as to description of the property to be released. All property shall be released pursuant to CVC § 22851(b) and CVC § 22651.07. Personal property includes any property not affixed to the vehicle (e.g. clothes, cell phones, papers, pull-out / detachable face radios, etc.)

4.9 Vehicles shall be released during the business hours of 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday, "excluding holidays and weekends". There will be, however, occasions arising that can require "after hours releases" of certain vehicles.

When the circumstances appear to justify an "after hour release" of a vehicle, approval of the release must be secured from the on-duty Police Supervisor.

Inoperable vehicles will not be released after hours.

4.10 For purposes of clarity, vehicles towed or stored at the request of citizens, for which no stored vehicle report is utilized, will not require a stored automobile release. Citizens requesting the towing of vehicles under their control shall enter into an agreement with the tow service; G.G.P.D. will act as an avenue of communication between the citizen and the tow service.

4.11 When a party obtains a G.G.P.D. stored vehicle release and presents it to the tow service, the vehicle and/or property shall be released to that person upon verification of identity and the payment of the fees. The registered owner will be required to pay for "property only" releases at the G.G.P.D. records 227
34 counter. An after-hours fee will be paid to the tow service for "property only" or vehicle releases after the normal business hours of the tow service.

4.12 Once the tow service has received the G.G.P.D. stored automobile release, the tow service is no longer obligated to G.G.P.D. for the continued safe storage of the vehicle and/or property taken.

4.13 If after a "property only” release is obtained, the registered owner may return to the records counter, produce the paid receipt for the "property only" release and request a vehicle impound release paying the difference.

4.14 In the event a vehicle has been stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. due to error or negligence, or where the owner was not properly notified of the impoundment of the vehicle in a timely manner, at the request of G.G.P.D. no charges or fees shall be paid, and the vehicle sha ll be released to the owner or the owner's agent. The City of Garden Grove shall not be liable for any such charges or fees.

4.15 If the error is not discovered before charges or fees are paid to CONTRACTOR for the release of vehicle by owner or owner's agents.

CONTRACTOR shall issue a refund of such charges or fees, if requested within a period of thirteen (13) days after the vehicle is stored.

4.16 If the error is not discovered for a period of thirteen (13) business days after the vehicle is stored and the tow service has initiated lien sale process, as required by C.V.C 22851.8, the tow service shall be entitled to recover actual costs incurred to initiate the lien.

4.17 In the event a tow truck driver has hooked up a vehicle at the direction of G.G.P.D. and the vehicle owner or person in control of the vehicle appears, and the officer decides the vehicle can be released at the scene, then a payment of one-half (1/2) of the tow charge may be charged by CONTRACTOR to and be payable by the vehicle owner or perso n in control of the vehicle to CONTRACTOR prior to the vehicle being dropped. The G.G.P.D. officer will complete the stored vehicle report noting the release and payment. The officer will then give the tow truck driver the copy as though the tow had been completed. A case number will be assigned to the release of the vehicle; no SVS entry will be made.

4.18 In the case of a vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. that is of low value and qualifies as a junk vehicle as described within California Vehicle Code Sections 22670 or 22851.10, the tow service may request D.M.V. Form 462, Public Agency Authorization to dispose of a Vehicle to a Scrap Iron Processor or Dismantler, in lieu of obtaining the stored automobile release to process a lien sale for the vehicle. This form will suffice for final disposition of the vehicle and no other release is necessary. Form #462 cannot be issued for (15) 228
35 fifteen days from the day the vehicle is first stored at the tow facility.

4.19 In addition to the storage yard, the tow service shall maintain a closed building that affords storage of four (4) additional full size vehicles. This enclosure shall be of such size and construction to allow for Forensic Services examination of the cars i n a dry environment during inclement weather.

Access to this enclosed storage building shall be severely limited by CONTRACTOR, as directed by the investigator assigned to the case for which the vehicle has been impounded. Vehicles towed or stored with an “evidence hold” shall not be touched, moved or tampered with in any manner without the express consent of the assigned G.G.P.D investigator or designee.

4.20 The Contractor agrees to tow and store vehicles taken pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined in CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) without charge to the CITY and agrees to release the vehicle to the owner at the CITY’s request. The initial towing fee shall be billed to the owner of the vehicle. Storage fees shall not begin to accrue until 24 hours after the ve hicle has been released by G.G.P.D. Unless waived in whole or in part by G.G.P.D., the tow company may pursue collections from the registered owner for the initial towing fees. Furthermore, the Contractor may attempt to collect these fees, or make arrangements to collect these fees, at the time of release but shall not hold the vehicle in lieu of payment unless specifically authorized by G.G.P.D.

4.21 CONTRACTOR understands and acknowledges that GGPD has a right to access, inspect or remove from any tow storage yard any and all vehicles towed pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined by CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) regardless of any payment owed or due from the owner of said vehicle.

4.22 CONTRACTOR must advise the Police Department Traffic Division in writing withi n ten (10) business days, if a person picking up a vehicle, complains to the tow service of damage to the vehicle or any missing vehicle accessories or personal property from the vehicle for which the tow service company denies responsibility.

4.23 All CONTRACTOR's employees who have access to the storage yard or the personal property which is taken out of any vehicle for storage or safe keeping must provide a complete set of fingerprints, complete an application and have written authorization from the Garden Grove Police Chief for such access.

4.24 Upon request of (a) the registered owner; (b) the legal owner; (c) the insurance carrier of either (a) or (b) of this section; or (d) the duly authorized agent of any of the foregoing, CONTRACTOR shall furnish an itemized statement upon request and without demanding payment as a condition. The statement shall include the service performed, labor and special equipment used in towing the vehicle.
229
36 4.25 A vehicle on a thirty-(30) day hold may be signed over to the tow company by the legal owner prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) days. The legal owner must first obtain a vehicle release from the Police Department. The tow company after receiving the vehicle release from the Police Department must apply for a lien release prior to selling the vehicle.

4.26 CONTRACTOR may, in the exercise of CITY's discretion, be assigned by the G.G.P.D. to provide service to a portion of the CITY and/or on a rotational basis. The area assigned to the CONTRACTOR will be determined in the sole discretion of the Police Chief. Currently the CITY is divided into two divisions, "East & West." The division of the CITY is determined by the calls for service within these divisions. In the event a need arises to utilize more tow trucks than one division has, the services of the other division may be used.

5. RESPONSE TIME

5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a response time of no more than twenty-five (25) minutes. Response time is the difference between the time the CONTRACTOR is notified and the time the tow truck arrives at the required location. Emergency conditions, as verified by local media or traffic enforcement, may be acceptable reasons for not meeting the response time requirement. Equipment or personnel shortage, or lack of availability is no t an acceptable reason for failure to meet response times.

5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall give priority to all of the CITY's requests for service.

5.3 The CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall notify the Police Department when a tow vehicle cannot respond immediately, give the reason for the delay, and an estimated time of arrival. In the event of an additional delay, the CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall again notify the Police Department and give the new estimated time of arrival. To ensure a timely response, the Police Department, in its sole discretion, may cancel any call -for-service because of a response delay and may request service from another tow service provider.

5.4 If the tow truck unit(s) has/have not arrived at the scene within twenty (25) minutes from the time requested, the Police Department, based on the urgency of the field situation, may request a different towing service to respond to the call, whether the different tow service has a contract with the CITY or not since there may be a situation where a contract tow company is not available and/or does not have the equipment to handle 230
37 the requested task. It will then be necessary for the Officer to call a tow company not on the CITY's rotational tow list. This decision is at the discretion of the officer on scene.

5.5 In the event CONTRACTOR is unable to respond to calls at the request of the Garden Grove Police Department, it shall be understood that the Police Department has the right to call another towing company on the rotation list. The original tow service will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list. It is incumbent upon the tow service to advise the police dispatcher of any problems that may arise to adversely affect response time.

5.6 The Police Department, in order to expedite service can request any tow service out of order on the rotation list. The tow service requested will not lose its place on the rotation list.

5.7 If, while rendering assistance in response to a CITY call for towing, a second CITY call for towing is generated to the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR's tow truck operator shall, before responding to the second call, ensure that all vehicles at the first site are sufficiently clear of the roadway so that no obstruction to normal traffic exists. Once the second call is handled t o conclusion, the vehicles at the first site may be towed as necessary.

6. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

6.1 All towing equipment, recovery equipment, and carrier ratings are based on structural factors only. Actual towing, carrying, and recovery capacity can be limited by the capacity of the chassis and the optional equipment selected. The criteria to determine the safe towing limits are:

(1) The total weight of the truck, including the lifted load , must fall within the Manufacturer's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and not exceed either the Front or Rear Axle Ratings (FAWR, RAWR).

(2) The truck must meet all applicable State and/or Federal standards.

(3) A tow driver when towing a vehicle shall not exceed the GVWR and the Axle Weight Rating (AWR) for the tow truck.

(4) CONTRACTOR must have a qualified driver for each piece of equipment owned and listed in their proposal.

6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall own or have leased to it at least four (4) tow trucks that will be based at its CITY -approved storage facilities and which trucks shall be a vailable to perform towing services at all times during the term of this Agreement. Two trucks shall have a minimum GVWR of 19,000 lbs. The 231
38 CONTRACTOR shall not use a tow truck with a class rating of less than one ton.

6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall have at least three (3) conventional slings or wheel lift type trucks, one (1) rollback car carrier, one (1) 16 ton 35GVW medium duty truck, and one (1) 50 ton 80 GVW heavy duty truck throughout the term of the contract.

6.4 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall be equipped as tow trucks in compliance with the provisions of the California Vehicle Code including, but not limited to, Sections 615, 24605, 25100, 27700, and 27907. Tow trucks shall be equipped with red flares, lanterns or reflectors, hand tools (required to remove a drive shaft if necessary) crowbar, rope, broom, shovel, dustpan, absorbent material for clean -up of hazardous materials, fire extinguisher, portable red tail lights and stop lights for towed vehicles, equipment fo r opening locked vehicles, go jacks and safety chains.

6.5 All CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have available adequate equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors and other heavy vehicle equipment.

This includes a set of dollies capable of supporting any passenger vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in Section 6.5, if the CONTRACTOR does not have the necessary equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors or other heavy vehicle equipment, the CONTRACTOR may decline to provide the requested service.

6.6 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that have gone over embankments or off traveled portions of roadways into remote areas or other difficult locations.

6.7 Motorcycles that are stored, impounded, or towed from a collision scene at the request of the Police Department shall be hauled by a trailer that is designed to carry motorcycles, or by a flatbed truck.

6.8 Any equipment used and maintained by the CONTRACTOR shall be available fo r inspection by the Police Department upon request. The CONTRACTOR vehicles shall be subject to random inspection by the CITY.

6.9 The CONTRACTOR shall be equipped for and have personnel proficient in, unlocking locked vehicles. The CONTRACTOR shall unlock locked vehicles when requested to do so by the Police Department.

6.10 Throughout the term of the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a neat and clean manner and in good working condition its storage facilities and improvements thereon, all vehicles, facilities, equipment, and materials used by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work. Any additions to or deletions from the CONTRACTOR's tow truck fleet shall be reported immediately, in writing, to the Chief of Police or his/her designee. 232
39 6.11 CONTRACTOR shall maintain four (4) operational tow trucks. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR has only three (3) operational tow trucks, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed thirty (30) days including holidays and weekends to have four (4) operational tow trucks. If the CONTRACTOR has two (2) or less tow trucks operational, it will be removed from the rotational list, until it has three (3) tow trucks operational. The CONTRACTOR will then be allowed up to an additional fifteen (15) days, including holidays and weekends, t o get another tow truck operational, for a total of four (4) operational tow trucks. Failure to comply shall be a breach of the contract. Repeated instances of less than four (4) operational tow trucks shall constitute grounds for termination of the tow services agreement

7. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

7.1 The CONTRACTOR during the term of the contract shall maintain, and have approved by the City, a continuous means of communication between the Contractor's dispatcher and each CONTRACTOR tow vehicle. The CONTRACTOR shall also maintain and staff, on a 24-hour basis, a telephone to receive calls from the police department and members of the public.

7.2 Use of Citizen's Band Class D radio equipment by the CONTRACTOR is prohibited.

7.3 Telephone service maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be adequate to receive police calls without delay. The telephone terminals shall be monitored at all times. Recording machines or similar devices are not allowed. If a call from G.G.P.D. is not answered within six (6) rings or the line is busy after two attempts, or placed on hold for more than a minute, the call will be terminated, the CONTRACTOR will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list and the tow service next in line will be called.

7.4 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a list of telephone numbers to be called in order of priority. Changes to contact list shall be provided immediately in writing to the Chief of Police or his/her designee along with the effective date of the change(s).

8. HOURS

8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide twenty-four (24) hour towing service, seven (7) days a week.

8.2 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there will be an employee on call twenty­ four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and capable of being present or available for releasing impounded or store d vehicles to the public in accordance with Section 4.9 of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR’s response time for such releases shall be no longer than one (1) hour. 233
40 9. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9.1 Each CONTRACTOR vehicle shall display identification signs in compliance with Section 27907 of the California Vehicle Code. The CONTRACTOR shall not display any signs or advertising that indicates that the CONTRACTOR is an official towing service or police garage of the CITY.

9.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not, through its advertisements or otherwise, in any way publicize any official or other business connection with the CITY, nor shall the CONTRACTOR advertise any address or telephone number of the CITY as a location or place to call for vehicle towing and storage service.

10. STORAGE SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES

10.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all vehicles, accessories and equipment thereon, and all personal property therein, stored by CONTRACTOR. It shall be the Contractor's duty to protect such stored vehicles, accessories, equipment, and property against all loss, damage by fire, theft, or other causes.

10.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the negligent acts and omissions of its employees and for any property damage caused by CONTRACTOR or its employees to any vehicle under their control.

11. STORAGE FACILITY STANDARDS

The CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provisions for the security of vehicles and property at its storage facilities, which shall at a minimum consist of all of the following:

11.1 All vehicles shall be stored in a building, or in an area or areas enclosed by a substantial wall or fence. The storage yard shall be enclosed with a concrete block wall or chain-link type fence of a height of not less than six (6) feet. The top of the fence shall be equipped with two (2) or more strands of barbed wire installed in such a manner as to discourage access by climbing the fence.

Concertina type razor wire may be substituted for barbed wire, subject to G.G.P.D. approval.

11.2 The bottom edge of the fence shall not rise more than two (2) inches above the finished surface of the parking area of the storage yard. A secure locking system shall be a part of the gate and it shall otherwise meet the same standards for security as described for the fence.

11.3 All storage facilities shall be paved and maintained in good working order and secured at all times. Any damage affecting security of vehicles, lighting and/or evidence shall be repaired within twenty-four (24) hours of the damage. 234
41 11.4 The minimum total capacity of the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities for storage shall be spaces for seventy-five (75) vehicles.

11.5 All storage facilities must be approved for security by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee, and available for inspection by the Police Department at all times upon request of the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

11.6 In the event of theft from the vehicles stored in the yard, the CONTRACTOR must take additional measures satisfactory to the G.G.P.D. to protect the vehicles and property in the vehicles.

11. 7 Registered or legal owners, having obtained a vehicle release from the Garden Grove Police Department, shall be allowed to inspect their vehicle without having to pay the storage fees first.

11.8 The CONTRACTOR shall not perform any work upon any vehicle without first obtaining written permission from the owner of the vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all work on impounded vehicles shall be handled pursuant to Section 12 below.

11.9 If the CONTRACTOR videotapes or otherwise records images of the storage facility, such videotapes and photographs shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR for at least ninety-(90) days.

12. IMPOUNDED VEHICLES & INSIDE STORAGE

12.1 Vehicles that have been impounded by order of the police department shall not be released, lien sold, worked on, altered, or tampered with, moved or otherwise disturbed without a written release from the Police Department.

12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall maintain, without charge to the CITY, separat e, fully enclosed, and secure garage storage facilities for a minimum of four ( 4) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department.

12.3 The Police Department shall have sole access to such separate impound facilities to access any vehicles towed or stored by the Police Department.

12.4 The Police Department shall designate when a vehicle is to be placed into inside impound storage. Vehicles placed into this impound space shall not be removed from such protection until approved and authorized in writing by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

12.5 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Police Department of any vehicles being impounded within the CITY pursuant to private party impound requests immediately prior to commencement of the towing of such vehicles. 235
42 13. RELEASE OF VEHICLES

13.1 The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the release of all vehicles stored by the Police Department, including impounded vehicles. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to release to the registered owner, legal owner, or authorized representative all vehicles that the tow company did not receive a stored vehicle report, (Form 180), from the Officer or CITY employee at the scene.

13.2 After obtaining a release from the Garden Grove Police Department, registered or legal owners or an agent of the owner requesting to inspect their vehicles or remove property from their vehicles shall be allowed to do so without having to pay the storage fees first. Such inspections and property removals shall be available only during the CONTRACTOR's regular business hours.

14. RECORDS

14.1 The CONTRACTOR shall log, maintain, complete and accurate business records of the tow service including: a description of the vehicle, nature of service, time, location, tow truck driver handling the call and an itemized total charge. These records shall be available for inspection by G.G.P.D., with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours. These records shall be kept for a minimum period of three (3) years.

14.2 Record systems must provide for immediate access, upon inquiry by the Chief of Police or his/her designee, to the following information:

14.2.1 Locate vehicle from the Police Department's report number.

14.2.2 Locate vehicle from license number only.

14.2.3 Locate vehicle from make, color, date and location of impound.

14.2.4. Date of filing of all lien sale documents with DMV.

14.3 The CONTRACTOR shall submit a report, by the 10th day of each month, to the Police Department, which shall include all the following information for the preceding month:

14.3.1 Total CITY impounds and storages.

14.3.2 Number of times dispatched by the Police Department.

14.3.3 Number of calls for service resulting in impounds.

236
43 14.3.4 Number of calls for services that resulted in having to spend more than one hour on the call.

15. LIENS AND DISPOSALS

15.1 On or before the 10 th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the Police Department a list of all vehicles that have been sold at lien sale during the previous month, and date of the action. This list shall include the vehicle owner's name, address, vehicle make, vehicle model, vehicle year, license number, VIN number, and Police Department record number.

Copies of all lien sale documents shall be submitted with each list. The document shall be dated and is to include all charges imposed on each sale.

15.2 Prior to a lien sale of any vehicle, CONTRACTOR shall confirm with CITY the amount of any outstanding amounts due with respect to parking citations pertaining to the vehicle and shall cooperate with CITY to recover, the extent feasible, all such outstanding amounts due.

Notwithstanding the lien priority established pursuant to subdivision (b) of Vehicle Code Section 22851.1, for all lien sold vehicles that were impounded and not released under, or in connection with, subdivision (i) of Vehicle Code Section 22651, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the total lien sale price received by CONTRACTOR. For all lien sold vehicles with respect to which outstanding amounts are owed CITY for parking violations, but with respect to which CITY does not have a lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 22651(i) or 22851.1, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent ( 50%) of the total lien sale price otherwise due to CONTRACTOR in satisfaction of its lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Section 22851(a). CONTRACTOR shall be respon sible for filing of all necessary paperwork related to the lien sale and satisfaction of outstanding amounts owed CITY with respect to parking citations.

15.3 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all State law requirements for the disposal of unclaimed vehicles.

16. INSPECTION

16.1 A CHP (California Highway Patrol) inspection of the company's towing equipment, facility or facilities is required.

16.2 In addition to the CHP inspection report, the CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected at least two (2) times per year (annually) without notice, during normal business hours by the Police 237
44 Department Traffic Division, and a re port filed thereon. The Garden Grove Police Department shall be authorized to perform field inspections of CONTRACTOR's equipment at any time without notice.

16.3 The City Building Division and the Fire Department, on request of the Chief of Police, may inspect the premises proposed to be devoted to public automobile storage and make recommendations to the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

16.4 CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours by the Police Department Traffic Division, and a report filed thereon. The Police Department may rely on inspections conducted by the CHP.

16.5 If any deficiencies or equipment violations are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection, the CONTRACTOR will be so advised in writing. The CONTRACTOR will be given ten (10) business days to rectify the deficiency or violation. Failure to comply will constitute a breach of this agreement.

16.6 If in the opinion of the Police Department Traffic Division, the deficiencies or equipment violations which are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection prevent a vehicle from being operated in a safe manner, the vehicle will be taken out of service. Failure to co mply may result in the CONTRACTOR being removed from the call list.

17. MOTORISTS ASSISTANCE

17.1 Whenever motorist requests tow assistance from the Police Department and does not specify a particular tow company or membership agency, the service shall, in the sole discretion of the Police Department, be assigned to either the CONTRACTOR or another tow service company awarded a contract for tow service by the CITY. All charges arising out of such assistance assigned to the CONTRACTOR shall be the exclusive respo nsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the requesting motorist. The CITY shall not be liable for any charges whatsoever arising out of a motorist assistance call. The CONTRACTOR shall not charge such motorist more than the rates specified in the contract.

18. ASSUMPTION OF RISK

18.1 The CONTRACTOR assumes all risk in the event of damage, theft, fire or otherwise, of the vehicles or any other property towed, impounded, or stored by the CONTRACTOR, its employees or agents.

18.2 Notwithstanding any other term or condition herein, in responding to any call from the police department, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim 238
45 whatsoever against the CITY or any right to recover from the CITY for the cost of any of the services it renders including but not limited to towing, storage, or cleanup fees in the performance of the contract. The CONTRACTOR shall look solely and exclusively to the owner of the vehicle towed, impounded, or stored for payment of the services provided by the CONTRACTOR.

18.3 The CONTRACTOR shall assume the entire risk of nonpayment of any service charges incurred pursuant to the Agreement.

19. DRYRUNS

19.1 The CITY shall not be liable to pay to the CONTRACTOR any charge whatsoever or fee for a call that does not result in a chargeable service being rendered by the CONTRACTOR (i.e., a "dry run").

20. CITY VEHICLE TOWING

20.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, without cost to the CITY, towing of all CITY owned vehicles as requested by the CITY.

21. ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

21.1 It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide equipment and to perform the duties as required by the Police Department. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to utilize additional resources whenever deemed necessary to perform tow service duties. This may include, but is not limited to, personnel and/or equipment of another tow operator whose employees have approval as provided for in the contract.

This, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its duties and responsibilities, and any additional cost incurred as a result of utilizing additional resources shall not be charged to the CITY.

22. ABANDONED VEHICLES

22.1 Vehicles, or parts thereof, which are disposed of through the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program by delivery to an authorized automobile dismantler, pursuant to Section 22660 of the California Vehicle Code, are excluded from the contract. No charge shall be assessed against the CITY or the owner of any vehicle that is towed, stored, or dismantled under the provisions of the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program.

23. CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT

It shall be grounds for termination of the contract, if CONTRACTOR, or any of its agents or employees or any person(s) connected or associated with the CONTRACTOR as an operator, director, officer, stockholder, general manager, or person who is exercising managerial authority of or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR 239
46 has committed any one of the following acts:

23.1 Has been convicted of a felony or any crime involving theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud or crimes of violence within the last ten (10) years or is so convicted during the term of the Agreement.

23.2 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements or advertisement in connection with the operation of the towing service.

23.3 Has conducted the towing service in a manner contrary to the peace, health, safety, and general welfare of the public.

23.4 Has violated or permitted other persons to violate, through an act of omission or commission by the CONTRACTOR, any felony or misdemeanor crime involving sexual offenses or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sale or use of a controlled substance, or any act of dishonesty, fraud, within the last ten (10) years.

23.5 Had an inspection or investigation by the City Building Division, Police Department, or Fire Department, which revealed a deficiency, violation, or conduct that endangers the peace, health, safety and general welfare of the public.

23.6 Employs tow truck drivers under 18 years of age.

23.7 Fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division in writing of any names, addresses, driver's license number of any newly employed tow truck driver within ten (10) bus iness days of their hire date, or fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division within ten (10) business days of any tow truck driver who is no longer employed by CONTRACTOR.

23.8 Has charged fees in excess of the schedule rates approved by the Police Department for rotational tow services or in excess of any Federal, State, County or City laws or regulations for towing and/or storage of vehicles or any service incidental to towing.

23.9 Has allowed the services of a tow service driver with a record of violations of the Vehicle Code which has resulted in the suspension or revocation of their driver's license or a second (2nd) driving under the influence or reckless driving conviction within the three (3) years preceding the most recent violation, to remain in CONTRACTOR's employment as a driver providing service to the CITY.

23.10 Fails to comply with any California Vehicle Code, Fe deral, State, or County regulations and laws relating to towing and/or storing of vehicles, including the impounding and storing of vehicles from private property. 240
47 23.11 Fails to maintain control of any personal property, vehicle accessories and vehicles, which have been towed.

23.12 Fails to reimburse the legal or registered owner for damage or loss that occurs while the vehicle was in the CONTRACTOR's custody.

23.13 Having allowed an unauthorized person access to the storage yard or facilities.

23.14 Any other grounds as outlined in the Agreement between the CITY and the CONTRACTOR.

23.15 Has knowingly made false, misleading or fraudulent statements of a material fact in a report or record required to be filed with the Garden Grove Police Department.

23.16 Has stopped and solicited on any street, highway or other public thoroughfare the rendering of assistance to a person or disabled vehicle without first being requested to do so, except to render emergency aid when there exists an imminent peril to life or property.

23.17 Has charged for services not performed, equipment not employed or used, service or equipment not needed or has otherwise materially misstated the nature of any service performed or equipment used.

23.18 Has been denied consideration for placement on another police department tow list or suspended from another police department tow list, within five (5) years of applying to provide tow services to the City of Garden Grove, or during the term of the CONTRACTOR's agreement with CITY.

23.19 Obtaining a tow contract from the CITY by use of fraud, trick, dishonesty, or forgery.

23.20 Towing a vehicle to a location other than approved by the Police Department as an authorized storage facility without first receiving prior authorization to do so by the Police Department.

23.21 After towing a vehicle to the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities, towing the vehicle to another location for storage or impound without authorization from the Police Department.

23.22 Defrauding or conspiring to defraud any owner of any vehicle, any insurance company, or any other person financially interested in the towing, storage, or impound of any vehicle.

23.23 Moving, tampering with, or removing a vehicle involved in a traffic collision 241
48 prior to the arrival of law enforcement officers at the scene.

23.24 The Police Department receives four (4) or more complaints against the CONTRACTOR during any twelve (12) month period that the Police Department, in its reasonable discretion, determines to be justified, regarding the service, or lack thereof, provided by the CONTRACTOR.

23.26 Failing to comply w ith any provision of the contract between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.27 Repeated or flagrant violations of the provisions of the California Vehicle Code.

23.28 Demonstrating a pattern or practice of failing to answer calls -for-service, respond promptly to calls, an d/or to maintain clean, orderly, and secured storage facilities.

23.29 Failing to obtain and maintain a current valid CITY business license.

23.30 Commission of any unlawful, false, fraudulent, deceptive, or dangerous act while conducting its towing operation business.

23.31 Allowing the insurance coverage required herein to be withdrawn, lapse or otherwise to no longer being in force for any reason.

23.32 Dissolution of business or bankruptcy.

23.33 Assignment of the Agreement, or any right or interest stated herein, without the prior written consent of Chief of Police of his/her designee.

23.34 Any recurring deviation from the Police Department approved charges as specified herein.

23.35 Has committed any act constituting dishonesty or fraud.

23.36 Has a conviction or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to a misdemeanor or felony crime involving sexual offenses, theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud, crimes of violence or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sales or use of a controlled substance within the last ten years or during the term of the Agreement between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.37 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements against the Police Department, the City of Garden Grove or its employees.

23.38 Has sold or transferred ownership of CONTRACTOR without prior written approval of the Chief of Police and/or in violation of Garden Grove Municipal Code Sections 5.52.160 through 5.52.180. Upon any change in 242
49 CONTRACTOR's ownership, CITY reserves the right to re -evaluate the new company/owners per the terms of this RFP and may terminate the Agreement at the sole discretion of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to terminate the Agreement solely as a result of a change in ownership of CONTRACTOR.

24. FEES/CHARGES

24.1 CONTRACTOR shall charge rates for all service, including an after hour's release fee, as established by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. The rates for citizen assist calls for services such as service calls or disabled vehicle tows wi ll be established by the Police Department as commercial rates for CONTRACTOR. The Chief of Police or his/her designee prior to the increase will authorize any and all rate increases.

24.2 All rates and charges shall be conspicuously posted in the CONTRACTOR's office and in all tow vehicles and shall be available for review by Police Department and/or persons for whom tow service is provided. All customer bills shall be itemized. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to collect payment for services it renders under the Agreement from the vehicle owners, and the CITY shall not be responsible in any way whatsoever for payment of these charges.

24.3 Routine clean-up such as sweep up, fluid clean -up and debris removal shall be included in the basic tow charge. Ho wever, when clean-up is determined to be excessive (by mutual agreement of the CONTRACTOR and the CITY), the rate shall be the labor rate referenced in CONTRACTOR'S proposal (quoted for "labor").

24.4 The CONTRACTOR, as prescribed within California Vehicle Code Section 22651.1, shall accept a valid bankcard, credit card or cash for payment of towing and storage by the registered owner, legal owner, or agent of the owner claiming the vehicle.

24.5 Following the completion of the initial three (3) year contract period, the Chief of Police or his/her designee may reevaluate the charges and rates set to ensure that the current rates and charges are reasonable.

24.6 The CONTRACTOR shall cause the release of any vehicle upon the direction of any Police Department Supervisor without charge for towing or storage regardless of the reason for the towing.

24.7 Fees for Lien Sale Vehicle Release: A Request Release for Lien Sale -form #439 is required prior to the lien release of any vehicle that has been stored or impounded by the Police Department. The use of this system provides a way to monitor vehicles used or involved in major crimes that may be evidence of the crime, and to prevent their release. An administrative fee of $12.00 per request release for lien sale form has been established to defray 243
50 the costs of printing, filing, verifying if the vehicle is needed as evidence, and the postage or delivery of the forms to the CONTRACTOR. The fee will begin upon the inception of this agreement. A check for the accumulative total of request release for lien sale forms will accompany each package submitted.

25. ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF REPRESENTATIVES

25.1 It is understood and agreed by the parties that the acts and/or omissions of the owner(s), officers, operators, officials, employees, agents and representatives of the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the services and obligations under this agreement shall constitute the acts and/or omissions of the CONTRACTOR and not of the CITY.

26. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

26.1 It is understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that all state and federal regulations regarding the clean-up and disposal of hazardous materials at the site of all accidents, including those involving CITY owned vehicles, are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

26.2 CONTRACTOR is responsible for maintaining all required records and receipts in the event that these documents are requested for proof of compliance. See guidance documents in APPENDIX C, which do not limit the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for all state and federal regulations regarding hazardous material clean up and disposal.

27. APPLICATION FEES

27.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be subject to the following fees intended to defray the CITY's costs of processing the Contract:

Live scan forms can be obtained at the Police Department. An appointment must be made with the front desk and please bring payment in the form of cash or check, payable to the City of Garden Grove, at the time of your appointment. The total cost is $81.00 (D.O.J. -$32.00, FBI -$17.00, and Police Department $25.00).

D.O.J background check
Annual Inspection Fee
Reinspection Fee
$32.00 (made payable to D.O.J)

$250.00

Rate of top step police officer

244
51 RFP NO. S-1370
ATTACHMENT “B”

AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE

SERVICE FEE
CLASS A $225.00
CLASS B OR FLATBED $260.00
CLASS C $375.00
CLASS D $405.00
Dolly, Go-Jacks or Linkage Fee $80.00
Rollover or Winching Fee $160.00
Clean-Up Fee (fee to City capped at $35.00 per occurrence) $90.00 Hazmat Fee (per five (5) gallon bucket) $140.00

Vehicle Storage Fees (Daily)
Class A-Outside $75.00
Class A-Inside $80.00
Class B-Outside $80.00
Class B-Inside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Outside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Inside $90.00

After Hours Release
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Minimum Service Call or Drop Fee
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Lien Sale
As authorized by
the California Civil
and Vehicle Codes
Mileage (per mile outside the corporate city limits) $12.00

TO BE POSTED IN A LOCATION CLEARLY VISIBLE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC 245
Contract for Police Rotational Towing and Storage Services

THIS AGREEMENT is made this _____day of ____ , 2026, by the CITY OF
GARDEN GROVE, a municipal corporation, ("CITY") and Pacific Towing, Inc., hereinafter referred to as "CONTRACTOR".

RECITALS

The following recitals are a substantive part of this Agreement:

1. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Garden Grove CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZATION, DATED _______ .

2. CITY desires to utilize the services of CONTRACTOR to provide police rotational towing and storage services for the City of Garden Grove on an on-call basis.

3. CONTRACTOR is qualified by virtue of experience, training, education and expertise to provide such services.

AGREEMENT

THE PARTIES MUTUALLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Term. The term of the agreement shall be for a period of three (3) fiscal years from full execution of this agreement through June 30, 2029, with the option to extend the agreement for two (2) additional fiscal years, for a total performance period of five (5) fiscal years. Option years shall be exercised one (1) year at a time at the sole option of the CITY. All services shall be provided in accordance with the Scope of Work, Attachment, "A" which is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Services to be Provided. The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR shall consist of tasks as set forth in the Proposal and Scope of Work. The Proposal is incorporated herein by reference. The Proposal, Scope of Work, and this Agreement do not guarantee any specific amount of work.

3. Compensation. CONTRACTOR shall be compensated as follows:

CONTRACTOR may charge vehicle owners the amount(s) not to exceed those charges approved by the City pursuant to the SCOPE OF WORK, attached herein as Attachment "A" and the AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE, attached herein as Attachment "B", which are incorporated herein by this reference.

246

4. Insurance Requirements.

4.1 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until all certificates and endorsements have been received and approved by the CITY. All insurance required by this Agreement shall contain a Statement of Obligation on the part of the carrier to notify the CITY of any material change, cancellation, or termination at least thirty (30) days in advance , and a waiver of subrogation, for all policies, waiving subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers. All insurance required by this contract shall remain in full force and effect for the duration of this agreement.

4.2 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE. For the duration of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall maintain Workers Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by California law, if applicable. The insurer shall waive its rights o f subrogation against the CITY, its officers, officials, agents, employees, and volunteers.

4.3 INSURANCE AMOUNTS. CONTRACTOR shall maintain in full force and effect the following insurance for the duration of this Agreement:

(a) Commercial general liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(b) Automobile liability in an amount not less than $5,000,000 combined single limit; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(c) On-Hook liability in an amount not less than $200,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, Cla ss VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(d) Garage keepers’ legal liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/ Garage keepers direct in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence; (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have an AM Best's Guide Rating of A -, 247
Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(e) Excess liability coverage, following form to the underlying policies, shall be provided for any underlying policy that does not meet the insurance requirements set forth herein (claims made and modified occurrence policies are not acceptable.) Insurance companies must be acceptable to CITY and have a Best's Guide Rating of A- Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(f) An Additional Insured Endorsement, ongoing and completed operations, for the policy under section 4.3 (a) Commercial general liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the
CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of
insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(g) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section

4.3 (b), Automobile liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for automobiles owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's
requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(h) An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section 4.3 (c), On -hook liability, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(i) An Additional Insured Endorsement, for the policy under section

4.3 (d), Garage Keepers liability, including Garage keepers extra legal liability/Garage keepers direct, shall designate CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR, and storage of vehicles. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY's requirements, as approved by the CITY.

(j) In the event any of CONTRACTOR'S underlying policies do not meet policy limits within the insurance requirements,
CONTRACTOR shall provide, under section 4.3(e) Excess liability, 248
the schedule of underlying polices for a follows form excess liability policy, state that the excess policy follows form on the insurance certificate, and an additional insured endorsement for the follows form excess liability policy designating CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds.

(k) For any claims related to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR'S insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects CITY, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self - insurance maintained by the CITY, its officers, officials, employees’ agents, or volunteers shall by excess of the CONTRACTOR's insurance and shall not contribute with it.

4.4 If the CONTRACTOR does not keep all of such insurance policies in full force and effect at all times during the term of this Agreement, the CITY may elect to treat the failure to maintain the requisite insurance as a breach of this Agreement and terminate the Agreement as provided herein.

4.5 If the CITY reasonably determines that the amounts of insurance held by the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this Agreement are no longer sufficient, or that additional types of coverage are needed, the CONTRACTOR shall modify the existing coverage or obtain additional policies, as the CITY shall reasonably determine. All new policies shall be on the terms and conditions contained herein.

4.6 The CONTRACTOR shall annually within ten (10) days of the anniversary of the effective date of this Agreement and at any other time requested by CITY, provide to the CITY evidence that all insurance required pursuant to this Agreement continues to be in full force and effect.

4.7 If CONTRACTOR maintains higher insurance limits than the minimums shown above, CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage for the higher insurance limits otherwise maintained by the CONTRACTOR.

5. Non-Liability of Officials and Employees of the City . No official or employee of CITY shall be personally liable to CONTRACTOR in the event of any default or breach by CITY, or for any amount which may become due to CONTRACTOR.

6. Non-Discrimination. CONTRACTOR covenants there shall be no discrimination against any person or group due to race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, age, handicap, national origin, or ancestry, in any activity pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Independent Contractor. It is agreed that CONTRACTOR shall act and be an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY and 249
shall obtain no rights to any benefits which accrue to CITY'S employees.

8. Compliance with Law. In performing services pursuant to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall at all times comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations of the federal, state, and local government, including the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, as such chapter may periodically be amended.

9. Notices. All notices shall be personally delivered or mailed to the below listed address, or to such other addresses as may be designated by written notice.

These addresses shall be used for delivery of service of process.

IF TO
CONTRACTOR:

IF TO CITY:

WITH COPY TO:

Pacific Towing, Inc.

Attention: Naji Feghali, President
2918 E. Vermont Avenue
Anaheim, CA 92805

City Manager
City of Garden Grove
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA
92840

Garden Grove City Attorney
11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA 92840
250

10. Contract Documents. This Agreement shall include the requirements of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, as such chapter may periodically be a mended, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and the CONTRACTOR'S proposal which are each incorporated herein by reference. In the event of any inconsistency among these documents, the terms of this Agreement, Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code, the Scope of Work, the CITY's Request for Proposals and lastly the CONTRACTOR's Proposal shall, in that order, govern.

11. Licenses. Permits, and Fees. At its sole expense, CONTRACTOR shall obtain a Garden Grove Business License, all permits, and licenses as may be required by this Agreement or otherwise to perform the work.

CONTRACTOR shall maintain in effect throughout the term of this Agreement all licenses and permits required to perform the services required by this Agreement.

12. Familiarity with Work. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR warrants that: (1) it has investigated the work to be per formed; (2) it has investigated the site of the work and is aware of all conditions there; and (3) it understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions of the work under this Agreement. Should Contractor discover any latent or unknown conditions materially differing from those inherent in the work or as represented by CITY, it shall immediately inform CITY of this and shall not proc eed, except at CONTRACTOR'S risk, until written instructions are received from CITY.

13. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

14. Limitations Upon Subcontracting and Assignment. The experience, knowledge, capability, and reputation of CONTRACTOR, its principals and employees are a substantial inducement for CITY to enter into this Agreement. CONTRACTOR shall not contract with any other entity to perform the services required without written approval of the CITY. This Agree ment may not be assigned voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of CITY. If CONTRACTOR is permitted to subcontract any part of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to CITY for the acts and omissions of its subcontractor as it is for persons directly employed.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and CITY. All persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of CONTRACTOR. CITY will deal directly with and will make all payments to CONTRACTOR.

15. Authority to Execute. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties warrant that they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement and that by executing this Agreement, the parties are formally bound.

251

16. Indemnification. CONTRACTOR agrees to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY and its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including but not limited to, for injury or death of any person, or damage to property, or interference with use of property, arising out of, or in any way connected with performance of the Agreement by CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S agents, officers, employees, subcontra ctors, or independent contractors hired by CONTRACTOR. This obligation shall also include payment of reasonable attorney fees and other litigation costs incurred by CITY. The only exception to CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY, shall be due to the sole negligence or intentional wrongful conduct of CITY, or any of its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, or employees.

This hold harmless agreement shall apply to all liability regardless of whether any ins urance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by CONTRACTOR.

17. Termination.

17.1 This Agreement may be terminated by the CITY at any time during the initial three (3) year term, or the subsequent one -year terms, if extended, upon breach of this Agreement or violation of the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code. In the event of termination for cause by the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall be compensated for those services that have been fully and adequately completed and accepted by the CITY as of the date of termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination. Termination of this Agreement for cause may be considered by the CITY in determining whether to enter into future contracts with CONTRACTOR.

17.2 This Agreement may also be terminated by the CITY without cause upon thirty (30) days’ notice. In the event that the CITY should terminate the Agreement without cause, the CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to payment for services fully and adequately provided hereunder prior to the effective date of the termination. The CONTRACTOR shall provide documentation deemed adequate by the CITY to show the services actually completed by the CONTRACTOR prior to the effective date of termination.

17.3 In the event this Agreement is terminated as provided by this Section 17, the CITY may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, services similar to those terminated.

252

17.4 The rights and remedies of the parties provided in this Section 17 are in addition to any other rights and remedies provided by law or under this Agreement.

18. Insolvency. The CONTRACTOR shall not, without the prior written consent of CITY, suffer either the appointment of a receiver to take possession of all, or substantially all of the assets of the CONTRACTOR, or make a general assignment of such assets for the benefit of creditors. Any such action taken or suffered by the CONTRACTOR under any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding constitutes a breach of contract by the CONTRACTOR, and all property assigned by the CITY for safe care shall be "released" by CONTRACTOR to another assigned service provider, as specified by the Chief of Police, with a reimbursement for towing, storage, and related fees, borne by the service provider assuming the new responsibility.

19. Integration. This Agreement fully expresses all understandings between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written understandings or agreements regarding the matters covered by this Agreement.

20. Amendments. No modification, amendment, addi tion to, deletion or alteration of the terms of this Agreement, whether written or oral, shall be valid unless made in writing and formally approved and executed by all parties.

21. No Waiver.

21.1 No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy available hereunder shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Any waiver of any default or condition hereunder must be in writing and shall not be construed as a waiver of any other default concerning the same or any other provision of this Agreement.

21.2 The waiver by the CITY of any breach by the CONTRACTOR of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall not constitute a continuing waiver or a waiver of any subsequent breach or default by the CONTRACTOR either of the same or a different provision of this Agreement.

22. Third Party Beneficiaries. The terms of this Agreement are intended to confer benefits only on the parties to this Agreement. No rights of action shall accrue to any other persons or entities under this Agreement.

23. Change of Circumstances . Each party shall promptly notify the other party of any legal impediment, change of circumstances, pending litigation or any other event or condition that may adversely affect such party's ability to carry out any of its obligations under this Agreement. 253

24. Severability. If any term or condition, paragraph, phrase or word of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

25.Venue. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. In the event of any legal action to enforce or interpret this Agreement, the sole and exclusive venue shall be a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California, and the parties hereto agree to and do hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court, notwithstanding Code of Civil Procedure section 394.

26. Appropriations. This Agreement is subject to and contingent upon funds being appropriated therefor by the Garden Grove City Council for each fiscal year covered by the term of this Agreement. If such appropriations are not made, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to the CITY

(Agreement Signature Block on Next Page)

254

28 IN WITNESS THEREOF, these parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year shown below.

Date: _____________ "CITY"

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

By:___________________________
City Manager
ATTESTED:

____________________________
City Clerk

Date: _______________________
"CONTRACTOR"
Pacific Towing, Inc.

By: ___________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

Date: __________________________

Tax ID No. ______________________

If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, a
Corporate Resolution and/or Corporate
Seal is required. If a partnership,
Statement of Partnership must be
submitted to CITY.

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________
Garden Grove City Attorney

____________________________
Date

255
29 ATTACHMENT"A
RFP No. S-1370

PROVIDE POLICE ROTATIONAL TOWING AND STORAGE SERVICES

TO THE CITY OF GARDEN GROVE ON AN ON -CALL BASIS

SCOPE OF WORK

The City of Garden Grove (CITY) is seeking one or more contractors to Provide Police Rotational Towing and Storage Service for the City Of Garden Grove On An On-Call Basis in accordance with the Scope of Work detailed below. The Contractor shall furnish All Labor, Materials, Equipment and incidentals needed to provide towing and storage services on an on-call basis for the City of Garden Grove. The CITY intends to enter into an Agreement(s) for a fixed period(s) of time with options to renew or extend the Agreement(s) for additional terms, exercised one year at a time.

1. SERVICES GENERALLY

1.1 The CONTRACTOR has the right to tow, impound, and store vehicles at the direction of the Garden Grove Police Department (hereinafter “City”, "Police Department" or "G.G.P.D.") within or out of the jurisdictional boundaries of the CITY, subject to the Police Department's call -for- service system, as it may be amended from time to time, at the Police Department's sole discretion.

1.2 Provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall deprive the owner or operator of a vehicle from requesting and receiving towing services from a person or entity other than the CONTRACTOR.

1. 3 Provided, however, that when, in the opinion of the Police Department, an emergency exists, or where the CONTRACTOR is either unable or unwilling for any reason to provide adequate or timely tow service, the Police Department shall have the right to call other tow services, which may or may not be under contract with the CITY. Under such circumstances, the decision to call another tow service, either under contract or not, shall be at the exclusive discretion of the Police Department.

2. LOCATION

2.1 CONTRACTOR shall maintain a physical location with a yard for vehicle storage, along with an office for payment of fees and vehicle releases, which location shall be within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits, and from which the business shall be conducted. Such physical location 256
30 shall be subject to approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. A company may establish and maintain an additional location within or outside the CITY as a yard for vehicle storage, subject to the approval by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. Except as otherwise directed by the Police Department, each vehicle towed pursuant to this Scope of Work shall be stored at a facility, which is located within 2.5 miles of the CITY limits. Distance shal l be measured by distance straight line, without regard to intervening structures or objects, from the nearest point on the property line of the parcel where the tow service facility is located to the nearest point on the city limit boundary. All business offices and storage facilities shall meet all requirements of the contract and the Scope of Work within this RFP document.

2.2 All vehicles stored or impounded at the direction of the Police Department shall be towed directly to the CONTRACTOR's impound and s torage facilities, unless the Police Department requests that they be taken to some other location. If the vehicle is towed pursuant to a citizen request, then at the request of the citizen the vehicle can be stored at any business location of the owner, which has been approved, by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee.

2.3 Any proposed change in the CONTRACTOR's facility locations shall be reported, in writing, to the police department at least sixty (60) days prior to making such change. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the approval of the Chief of Police or his/her designee for any change of location.

3. PERSONNEL

3.1 CONTRACTOR shall comply with and ensure that each of its tow truck drivers complies with the provisions of Chapter 5.52 of the Garden Grove Municipal Code.

3.2 No person employed as a tow truck driver for the CONTRACTOR shall have access to any G.G.P.D. stored or towed vehicle until such time as that person has received written approval from the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

3.3 Any tow truck driver permit application obtained by the CONTRACTOR or its driver from the Police Department shall be returned to the Police Department accompanied by a State of California Department of Motor Vehicles ("DMV") printout.

3.4 Tow truck operators shall be proficient in the use of the tow truck they are driving and related equipment, including, but not limited to the procedure necessary for the safe towing and recovery of various types of vehicles. It is the responsibility of the tow service company to ensure, its drivers are trained, qualified and competent employees of the business. The drivers shall complete training and have received a certificate of completion through a 257
31 recognized tow industry association or company specialized in the training of tow drivers. The training shall be hands -on and a minimum of 16 hours for light duty class tow trucks and 24 hours for heavy duty class tow trucks. A copy of the certificate of completion for each tow truck operator providing services pursuant to this Agreement shall be provided by CONTRACTOR to the Police Department prior to commencement of each operator's employment.

3.5 All CONTRACTOR tow truck operators shall possess valid California Tow Truck Driver certificates and Driver's Licenses in the proper class pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 13378 and 12804.9(b).

3.6 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department annually (within 10 days of the anniversary of the Agreement) a list of its tow truck operators, including driver's license numbers and a DMV printout for each tow truck operator. Any subsequent employment of a new tow truck operator shall be reported in writing to the police department with 24 hours, including submittal of the above­ referenced information. Any new driver shall not act as a tow truck driver or have access to any vehicles towed or stored by G.G.P.D. unless and until the information in above has been submitted.

3.7 CONTRACTOR shall notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee in ten (10) days of any change of information on the original application. Failure to notify the Chief of Police in ten (10) days is grounds for revocation of the written approval.

3.8 CONTRACTOR shall provide to the Police Department the name of any tow truck operator no longer employed by CONTRACTOR. This notification shall be given to the Traffic Department no later than ten (10) business days following the last date of such operator's employment by CONTRACTOR.

3.9 The CONTRACTOR shall have an alcohol and drug program that includes at a minimum, maintaining an alcohol and drug free work environment.

Any tow truck operator found working under the influence of alcohol or drugs shall immediately be removed from providing any service to the CITY.

3.10 The CONTRACTOR sha ll participate in the California Department of Motor Vehicles (DMV) Employer Pull Notice Program.

3.11 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall maintain acceptable standards of dress, including uniforms and cleanliness while on duty.

3.12 The CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall cooperate with and abide by the instructions of the police officers in the field.

3.13 Each of CONTRACTOR's tow truck operators shall obtain from the CITY a 258
32 clip­ on identification tag which such operator shall wear at all times when performing services for the CITY in order to allow ease of tow truck operator identification.

3.14 If any tow truck operator becomes ineligible to provide tow operator services to the CITY, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the Chief of Police or his/her designee of such ineligibility and the reason(s) therefore.

3.15 The CONTRACTOR must have a minimum of three (3) verifiable years for - hire towing experience, as an owner or principal.

A. An applicant who does not meet the three (3) verifiable years for -hire towing experience may be considered, if a full -time manager who possesses the required tow management experience is employed by the company. The manager shall have the authority to conduct all company business.

B. If the manager ceases to be employed by the company, the tow Agreement shall be deemed suspended until a new qualified manager is in place. The company will have thirty (30) days to replace the manager to be considered for lifting of the suspension.

C. An owner or operator who releases vehicles, compl etes lien sales paperwork, and other tow business related documents for three years in the company, with the qualified manager, will fulfill the three years for-hire-towing experience requirement.

4. TOWING SERVICE DUTIES

After being requested to the scene by the Police Department, the C O N T R A C T O R ’ ’ s tow truck operator shall comply with all of the following:

4.1 Not move or attach a tow truck to any vehicle until instructed to do so by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

4.2 Cooperate with the investigating officer of the Police Department in removing unsafe and/or illegally parked vehicles from the street, and in the storing or impounding of such vehicles as requested.

4.3 On collision calls, clean up and remove all debris from the accident scene, including but not limited to clean up and removal of all vehicle fluids in the street with absorbent material, as directed by CITY officers and in accordance with Section 27700 of the California Vehicle Code.

4.4 Provide the owner or driver of towed vehicles (when present at scene) with a CONTRACTOR's business card indicating where the vehicles will be stored 259
33 or impounded (including address and telephone number).

4.5 Vehicles brought to Police Department or a designated facility from the scene for processing and then towed to the tow yard will incur an additional second tow fee equal to one-half of the regular tow fee. Storage fees will not start until this vehicle is stored at the towing facility.

4.6 CONTRACTOR shall be responsible and held accountable for personal property, vehicle accessories and the vehicle upon receipt of the vehicle from G.G.P.D. The City of Garden Grove, its officers, agents or employees shall not be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle, accessory, equipment or personal property towed or stored upon the tow truck driver acknowledging receipt for the vehicle by his/her signature on the stored vehicle report form.

4.7 CONTRACTOR shall not dispose of or otherwise relinquish control of an y vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D.without a written approval to do so.

Written approval is required for any vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. and the tow truck driver signs a stored vehicle report form and receives a copy of the stored vehicle report. The G.G.P.D. stored automobile release form will be the normal form for release.

4.8 The release of property from a vehicle will be handled in the same manner as a vehicle release. The stored automobile release form will again be used, but a stamp, "property only" will be utilized at the top of the form. The person who authorizes the release of the property will make the modification and will be specific as to description of the property to be released. All property shall be released pursuant to CVC § 22851(b) and CVC § 22651.07. Personal property includes any property not affixed to the vehicle (e.g. clothes, cell phones, papers, pull-out / detachable face radios, etc.)

4.9 Vehicles shall be released during the business hours of 8:00 am to 5:00 pm, Monday - Friday, "excluding holidays and weekends". There will be, however, occasions arising that can require "after hours releases" of certain vehicles.

When the circumstances appear to justify an "after hour release" of a vehicle, approval of the release must be secured from the on-duty Police Supervisor.

Inoperable vehicles will not be released after hours.

4.10 For purposes of clarity, vehicles towed or stored at the request of citizens, for which no stored vehicle report is utilized, will not require a stored automobile release. Citizens requesting the towing of vehicles under their control shall enter into an agreement with the tow service; G.G.P.D. will act as an avenue of communication between the citizen and the tow service.

4.11 When a party obtains a G.G.P.D. stored vehicle release and presents it to the tow service, the vehicle and/or property shall be released to that person upon verification of identity and the payment of the fees. The registered owner will be required to pay for "property only" releases a t the G.G.P.D. records 260
34 counter. An after-hours fee will be paid to the tow service for "property only" or vehicle releases after the normal business hours of the tow service.

4.12 Once the tow service has received the G.G.P.D. stored automobile release, the tow service is no longer obligated to G.G.P.D. for the continued safe storage of the vehicle and/or property taken.

4.13 If after a "property only” release is obtained, the registered owner may return to the records counter, produce the paid receipt for the "property only" release and request a vehicle impound release paying the difference.

4.14 In the event a vehicle has been stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. due to error or negligence, or where the owner was not properly notified of the impoundment of the vehicle in a timely manner, at the request of G.G.P.D. no charges or fees shall be paid, and the vehicle shall be released to the owner or the owner's agent. The City of Garden Grove shall not be liable for any such charges or fees.

4.15 If the error is not discovered before charges or fees are paid to CONTRACTOR for the release of vehicle by owner or owner's agents.

CONTRACTOR shall issue a refund of such charges or fees, if requested within a period of thirteen (13) days after the vehicle is stored.

4.16 If the error is not discovered for a period of thirteen (13) business days after the vehicle is stored and the tow service has initiated lien sale process, as required by C.V.C 22851.8, the tow service shall be entitled to recover actual costs incurred to initiate the lien.

4.17 In the event a tow truck driver has hooked up a vehicle at the direction of G.G.P.D. and the vehicle owner or person in control of the vehicle appears, and the officer decides the vehicle can be released at the scene, then a payment of one-half (1/2) of the tow charge may be charged by CONTRACTOR to and be payable by the vehicle owner or person in control of the vehicle to CONTRACTOR prior to the vehicle being dropped. The G.G.P.D. officer will complete the stored vehicle report noting the release and payment. The officer will then give the tow truck driver the copy as though the tow had been completed. A case number will be assigned to the release of the vehicle; no SVS entry will be made.

4.18 In the case of a vehicle stored or impounded by G.G.P.D. that is of low value and qualifies as a junk vehicle as described within California Vehicle Code Sections 22670 or 22851.10, the tow service may request D.M.V. Form 462, Public Agency Authorization to dispose of a Vehicle to a Scrap Iron Processor or Dismantler, in lieu of obtaining the stored automobile release to process a lien sale for the vehicle. This form will suffice for final disposition of the vehicle and no other release is necessary. Form #462 cannot be issued for (15) 261
35 fifteen days from the day the vehicle is first stored at the tow facility.

4.19 In addition to the storage yard, the tow service shall maintain a closed building that affords storage of four (4) additional full size vehicles. This enclosure shall be of such size and construction to allow for Forensic Services examination of the cars in a dry environment during inclement weather.

Access to this enclosed storage building shall be severely limited by CONTRACTOR, as directed by the investigator assigned to the case for which the vehicle has been impounded. Vehicles towed or stored with an “evidence hold” shall not be touched, moved or tampered with in any manner without the express consent of the assigned G.G.P.D investigator or designee.

4.20 The Contractor agrees to tow and store vehicles taken pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined in CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) without charge to the CITY and agrees to release the vehicle to the owner at the CITY’s request. The initial towing fee shall be billed to the owner of the vehicle. Storage fees shall not begin to accrue until 24 hours after the vehicle has been released by G.G.P.D. Unless waived in whole or in part by G.G.P.D., the tow company may pursue collections from the registered owner for the initial towing fees. Furthermore, the Contractor may attempt to collect these fees, or make arrangements to collect these fees, at the time of release but shall not hold the vehicle in lieu of payment unless specifically authorized by G.G.P.D.

4.21 CONTRACTOR understands and acknowledges that GGPD has a right to access, inspect or remove from any tow storage yard any and all vehicles towed pursuant to an “evidence hold” as defined by CVC §§ 22655.5 or 22655(a) regardless of any payment owed or due from the owner of said vehicle.

4.22 CONTRACTOR must advise the Police Department Traffic Division in writing within ten (10) business days, if a person picking up a vehicle, complains to the tow service of damage to the vehicle or any missing vehicle accessories or personal property from the vehicle for which the tow service company denies responsibility.

4.23 All CONTRACTOR's employees who have access to the storage yard or the personal property which is taken out of any vehicle for storage or safe keeping must provide a complete set of fingerprints, complete an application and have written authorization from the Garden Grove Police Chief for such access.

4.24 Upon request of (a) the registered owner; (b) the legal owner; (c) the insurance carrier of either (a) or (b) of this section; or (d) the duly authorized agent of any of the foregoing, CONTRACTOR shall furnish an itemized statement upon request and without demanding payment as a condition. The statement shall include the service performed, labor and special equipment used in towing the vehicle.
262
36 4.25 A vehicle on a thirty-(30) day hold may be signed over to the tow company by the legal owner prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) days. The legal owner must first obtain a vehicle release from the Police Department. The tow company after receiving the vehicle release from the Poli ce Department must apply for a lien release prior to selling the vehicle.

4.26 CONTRACTOR may, in the exercise of CITY's discretion, be assigned by the G.G.P.D. to provide service to a portion of the CITY and/or on a rotational basis. The area assigned to the CONTRACTOR will be determined in the sole discretion of the Police Chief. Currently the CITY is divided into two divisions, "East & West." The division of the CITY is determined by the calls for service within these divisions. In the event a need arises to utilize more tow trucks than one division has, the services of the other division may be used.

5. RESPONSE TIME

5.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a response time of no more than twenty-five (25) minutes. Response time is the difference between the time the CONTRACTOR is notified and the time the tow truck arrives at the required location. Emergency conditions, as verified by local media or traffic enforcement, may be acceptable reasons for not meeting the response time requirement. Equipment or personnel sho rtage, or lack of availability is not an acceptable reason for failure to meet response times.

5.2 The CONTRACTOR shall give priority to all of the CITY's requests for service.

5.3 The CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall notify the Police Department when a tow vehicle cannot respond immediately, give the reason for the delay, and an estimated time of arrival. In the event of an additional delay, the CONTRACTOR's dispatcher shall again notify the Police Department and give the new estimated time of arrival. To ensure a timely response, the Police Department, in its sole discretion, may cancel any call -for-service because of a response delay and may request service from another tow service provider.

5.4 If the tow truck unit(s) has/have not arrived at the scene within twenty (25) minutes from the time requested, the Police Department, based on the urgency of the field situation, may request a different towing service to respond to the call, whether the different tow service has a contract with the CITY or not since there may be a situation where a contract tow company is not available and/or does not have the equipment to handle 263
37 the requested task. It will then be necessary for the Officer to call a tow company not on the CITY's rotational tow list. This decision is at the discretion of the officer on scene.

5.5 In the event CONTRACTOR is unable to respond to calls at the request of the Garden Grove Police Department, it shall be understood that the Police Department has the right to call another towing company on the rotation list. The original tow service will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list. It is incumbent upon the tow service to advise the police dispatcher of any problems that may arise to adversely affect response time.

5.6 The Police Department, in order to expedite service can request any tow service out of order on the rotation list. The tow service requested will not lose its place on the rotation list.

5.7 If, while rendering assistance in response to a CITY call for towing, a second CITY call for towing is generated to the CONTRACTOR, the CONTRACTOR's tow truck operator shall, before responding to the second call, ensure that all vehicles at the first site are sufficiently clear of the roadway so that no obstruction to normal traffic exists. Once the second call is handled to conclusion, the vehicles at the first site may be towed as necessary.

6. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

6.1 All towing equipment, recovery equipment, and carrier ratings are based on structural factors only. Actual towing, carrying, and recovery capacity can be limited by the capacity of the chassis and the optional equipment selected. The criteria to determine the safe towing limits are:

(1) The total weight of the truck, including the lifted load , must fall within the Manufacturer's Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and not exceed either the Front or Rear Axle Ratings (FAWR, RAWR).

(2) The truck must meet all applicable State and/or Federal standards.

(3) A tow driver when towing a vehicle shall not exceed the GVWR and the Axle Weight Rating (AWR) for the tow truck.

(4) CONTRACTOR must have a qualified driver for each piece of equipment owned and listed in their proposal.

6.2 The CONTRACTOR shall own or have leased to it at least four (4) tow trucks that will be based at its CITY -approved storage facilities a nd which trucks shall be available to perform towing services at all times during the term of this Agreement. Two trucks shall have a minimum GVWR of 19,000 lbs. The 264
38 CONTRACTOR shall not use a tow truck with a class rating of less than one ton.

6.3 The CONTRACTOR shall have at least three (3) conventional slings or wheel lift type trucks, one (1) rollback car carrier, one (1) 16 ton 35GVW medium duty truck, and one (1) 50 ton 80 GVW heavy duty truck throughout the term of the contract.

6.4 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall be equipped as tow trucks in compliance with the provisions of the California Vehicle Code including, but not limited to, Sections 615, 24605, 25100, 27700, and 27907. Tow trucks shall be equipped with red flares, lanterns or reflectors, hand tools (required to remove a drive shaft if necessary) crowbar, rope, broom, shovel, dustpan, absorbent material for clean -up of hazardous materials, fire extinguisher, portable red tail lights and stop lights for towed vehicles, equipment fo r opening locked vehicles, go jacks and safety chains.

6.5 All CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have available adequate equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors and other heavy vehicle equipment.

This includes a set of dollies capable of supporting any passenger vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing in Section 6.5, if the CONTRACTOR does not have the necessary equipment to handle large trucks, trailers, tractors or other heavy vehicle equipment, the CONTRACTOR may decline to provide the requested service.

6.6 The CONTRACTOR's vehicles shall have a cable winch of sufficient size and capacity to retrieve vehicles that have gone over embankments or off traveled portions of roadways into remote areas or other difficult locations.

6.7 Motorcycles that are stored, impounded, or towed from a collision scene at the request of the Police Department shall be hauled by a trailer that is designed to carry motorcycles, or by a flatbed truck.

6.8 Any equipment used and maintained by the CONTRACTOR shall be available fo r inspection by the Police Department upon request. The CONTRACTOR vehicles shall be subject to random inspection by the CITY.

6.9 The CONTRACTOR shall be equipped for and have personnel proficient in, unlocking locked vehicles. The CONTRACTOR shall unlock locked vehicles when requested to do so by the Police Department.

6.10 Throughout the term of the contract, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain in a neat and clean manner and in good working condition its storage facilities and improvements thereon, all vehicles, facilities, equipment, and materials used by the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the work. Any additions to or deletions from the CONTRACTOR's tow truck fleet shall be reported immediately, in writing, to the Chief of Police or his/her designee. 265
39 6.11 CONTRACTOR shall maintain four (4) operational tow trucks. If, for any reason, CONTRACTOR has only three (3) operational tow trucks, CONTRACTOR shall be allowed thirty (30) days including holidays and weekends to have four (4) operational tow trucks. If the CONTRACTOR has two (2) or less tow trucks operational, it will be removed from the rotational list, until it has three (3) tow trucks operational. The CONTRACTOR will then be allowed up to an additional fifteen (15) days, including holidays and weekends, t o get another tow truck operational, for a total of four (4) operational tow trucks. Failure to comply shall be a breach of the contract. Repeated instances of less than four (4) operational tow trucks shall constitute grounds for termination of the tow services agreement

7. COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

7.1 The CONTRACTOR during the term of the contract shall maintain, and have approved by the City, a continuous means of communication between the Contractor's dispatcher and each CONTRACTOR tow vehicle. The CONTRACTOR shall also maintain and staff, on a 24-hour basis, a telephone to receive calls from the police department and members of the public.

7.2 Use of Citizen's Band Class D radio equipment by the CONTRACTOR is prohibited.

7.3 Telephone service maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be adequate to receive police calls without delay. The telephone terminals shall be monitored at all times. Recording machines or similar devices are not allowed. If a call from G.G.P.D. is not answered within six (6) rings or the line is busy after two attempts, or placed on hold for more than a minute, the call will be terminated, the CONTRACTOR will be placed on the bottom of the rotation list and the tow service next in line will be called.

7.4 The CONTRACTOR shall provide a list of telephone numbers to be called in order of priority. Changes to contact list shall be provided immediately in writing to the Chief of Police or his/her designee along with the effective date of the change(s).

8. HOURS

8.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide twenty-four (24) hour towing service, seven (7) days a week.

8.2 The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that there will be an employee on call twenty­ four (24) hours a day, seven (7) days a week and capable of being present or available for releasing impounded or store d vehicles to the public in accordance with Section 4.9 of this Agreement. CONTRACTOR’s response time for such releases shall be no longer than one (1) hour. 266
40 9. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

9.1 Each CONTRACTOR vehicle shall display identification signs in compliance with Section 27907 of the California Vehicle Code. The CONTRACTOR shall not display any signs or advertising that indicates that the CONTRACTOR is an official towing service or police garage of the CITY.

9.2 The CONTRACTOR shall not, through its advertisements or otherwise, in any way publicize any official or other business connection with the CITY, nor shall the CONTRACTOR advertise any address or telephone number of the CITY as a location or place to call for vehicle towing and storage service.

10. STORAGE SERVICE RESPONSIBILITIES

10.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all vehicles, accessories and equipment thereon, and all personal property therein, stored by CONTRACTOR. It shall be the Contractor's duty to protect such stored vehicles, accessories, equipment, and property against all loss, damage by fire, theft, or other causes.

10.2 The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the negligent acts and omissions of its employees and for any property damage caused by CONTRACTOR or its employees to any vehicle under their control.

11. STORAGE FACILITY STANDARDS

The CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provisions for the security of vehicles and property at its storage facilities, which shall at a minimum consist of all of the following:

11.1 All vehicles shall be stored in a building, or in an area or areas enclosed by a substantial wall or fence. The storage yard shall be enclosed with a concrete block wall or chain-link type fence of a height of not less than six (6) feet. The top of the fence shall be equipped with two (2) or more strands of barbed wire installed in such a manner as to discourage access by climbing the fence.

Concertina type razor wire may be substituted for barbed wire, subject to G.G.P.D. approval.

11.2 The bottom edge of the fence shall not rise more than two (2) inches above the finished surface of the parking area of the storage yard. A secure locking system shall be a part of the gate and it shall otherwise meet the same standards for security as described for the fence.

11.3 All storage facilities shall be paved and maintained in good working order and secured at all times. Any damage affecting security of vehicles, lighting and/or evidence shall be repaired within twenty-four (24) hours of the damage. 267
41 11.4 The minimum total capacity of the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities for storage shall be spaces for seventy-five (75) vehicles.

11.5 All storage facilities must be approved for security by the Chief of Police, or his/her designee, and available for inspection by the Police Department at all times upon request of the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

11.6 In the event of theft from the vehicles stored in the yard, the CONTRACTOR must take additional measures satisfactory to the G.G.P.D. to protect the vehicles and property in the vehicles.

11. 7 Registered or legal owners, having obtained a vehicle release from the Garden Grove Police Department, shall be allowed to inspect their vehicle without having to pay the storage fees first.

11.8 The CONTRACTOR shall not perform any work upon any vehicle without first obtaining written permission from the owner of the vehicle.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all work on impounded vehicles shall be handled pursuant to Section 12 below.

11.9 If the CONTRACTOR videotapes or otherwise records images of the storage facility, such videotapes and photographs shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR for at least ninety-(90) days.

12. IMPOUNDED VEHICLES & INSIDE STORAGE

12.1 Vehicles that have been impounded by order of the police department shall not be released, lien sold, worked on, altered, or tampered with, moved or otherwise disturbed without a written release from the Police Department.

12.2 The CONTRACTOR shall maintain, without charge to the CITY, separat e, fully enclosed, and secure garage storage facilities for a minimum of four ( 4) vehicles ordered impounded by the Police Department.

12.3 The Police Department shall have sole access to such separate impound facilities to access any vehicles towed or stored by the Police Department.

12.4 The Police Department shall designate when a vehicle is to be placed into inside impound storage. Vehicles placed into this impound space shall not be removed from such protection until approved and authorized in writing by the investigating officer of the Police Department.

12.5 The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Police Department of any vehicles being impounded within the CITY pursuant to private party impound requests immediately prior to commencement of the towing of such vehicles. 268
42 13. RELEASE OF VEHICLES

13.1 The CONTRACTOR is responsible for the release of all vehicles stored by the Police Department, including impounded vehicles. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to release to the registered owner, legal owner, or authorized representative all vehicles that the tow company did not receive a stored vehicle report, (Form 180), from the Officer or CITY employee at the scene.

13.2 After obtaining a release from the Garden Grove Police Department, registered or legal owners or an agent of the owner requesting to inspect their vehicles or remove property from their vehicles shall be allowed to do so without having to pay the storage fees first. Such inspections and property removals shall be available only during the CONTRACTOR's regular business hours.

14. RECORDS

14.1 The CONTRACTOR shall log, maintain, complete and accurate business records of the tow service including: a description of the vehicle, nature of service, time, location, tow truck driver handling the call and an itemized total charge. These records shall be available for inspection by G.G.P.D., with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours. These records shall be kept for a minimum period of three (3) years.

14.2 Record systems must provide for immediate access, upon inquiry by the Chief of Police or his/her designee, to the following information:

14.2.1 Locate vehicle from the Police Department's report number.

14.2.2 Locate vehicle from license number only.

14.2.3 Locate vehicle from make, color, date and location of impound.

14.2.4. Date of filing of all lien sale documents with DMV.

14.3 The CONTRACTOR shall submit a report, by the 10th day of each month, to the Police Department, which shall include all the following information for the preceding month:

14.3.1 Total CITY impounds and storages.

14.3.2 Number of times dispatched by the Police Department.

14.3.3 Number of calls for service resulting in impounds.

269
43 14.3.4 Number of calls for services that resulted in having to spend more than one hour on the call.

15. LIENS AND DISPOSALS

15.1 On or before the 10 th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the Police Department a list of all vehicles that have been sold at lien sale during the previous month, and date of the action. This list shall include the vehicle owner's name, address, vehicle make, vehicle model, vehicle year, license number, VIN number, and Police Department record number.

Copies of all lien sale documents shall be submitted with each list. The document shall be dated and is to include all charges imposed on each sale.

15.2 Prior to a lien sale of any vehicle, CONTRACTOR shall confirm with CITY the amount of any outstanding amounts due with respect to parking citations pertaining to the vehicle and shall cooperate with CITY to recover, the extent feasible, all such outstanding amounts due.

Notwithstanding the lien priority established pursuant to subdivision (b) of Vehicle Code Section 22851.1, for all lien sold vehicles that were impounded and not released under, or in connection with, subdivision (i) of Vehicle Code Section 22651, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the total lien sale price received by CONTRACTOR. For all lien sold vehicles with respect to which outstanding amounts are owed CITY for parking violations, but with respect to which CITY does not have a lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Sections 22651(i) or 22851.1, CONTRACTOR shall, within thirty (30) days of the lien sale, remit to CITY the lesser of (i) the total outstanding amount due CITY, or (ii) fifty percent ( 50%) of the total lien sale price otherwise due to CONTRACTOR in satisfaction of its lien pursuant to Vehicle Code Section 22851(a). CONTRACTOR shall be respon sible for filing of all necessary paperwork related to the lien sale and satisfaction of outstanding amounts owed CITY with respect to parking citations.

15.3 The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all State law requirements for the disposal of unclaimed vehicles.

16. INSPECTION

16.1 A CHP (California Highway Patrol) inspection of the company's towing equipment, facility or facilities is required.

16.2 In addition to the CHP inspection report, the CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected at least two (2) times per year (annually) without notice, during normal business hours by the Police 270
44 Department Traffic Division, and a re port filed thereon. The Garden Grove Police Department shall be authorized to perform field inspections of CONTRACTOR's equipment at any time without notice.

16.3 The City Building Division and the Fire Department, on request of the Chief of Police, may inspect the premises proposed to be devoted to public automobile storage and make recommendations to the Chief of Police or his/her designee.

16.4 CONTRACTOR's towing equipment, facility or facilities may be inspected with or without cause, with 24 hours' notice, during normal business hours by the Police Department Traffic Division, and a report filed thereon. The Police Department may rely on inspections conducted by the CHP.

16.5 If any deficiencies or equipment violations are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection, the CONTRACTOR will be so advised in writing. The CONTRACTOR will be given ten (10) business days to rectify the deficiency or violation. Failure to comply will constitute a breach of this agreement.

16.6 If in the opinion of the Police Department Traffic Division, the deficiencies or equipment violations which are discovered during any Police Department or CHP inspection prevent a vehicle from being operated in a safe manner, the vehicle will be taken out of service. Failure to co mply may result in the CONTRACTOR being removed from the call list.

17. MOTORISTS ASSISTANCE

17.1 Whenever motorist requests tow assistance from the Police Department and does not specify a particular tow company or membership agency, the service shall, in the sole discretion of the Police Department, be assigned to either the CONTRACTOR or another tow service company awarded a contract for tow service by the CITY. All charges arising out of such assistance assigned to the CONTRACTOR shall be the exclusive respo nsibility of the CONTRACTOR and the requesting motorist. The CITY shall not be liable for any charges whatsoever arising out of a motorist assistance call. The CONTRACTOR shall not charge such motorist more than the rates specified in the contract.

18. ASSUMPTION OF RISK

18.1 The CONTRACTOR assumes all risk in the event of damage, theft, fire or otherwise, of the vehicles or any other property towed, impounded, or stored by the CONTRACTOR, its employees or agents.

18.2 Notwithstanding any other term or condition herein, in responding to any call from the police department, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claim 271
45 whatsoever against the CITY or any right to recover from the CITY for the cost of any of the services it renders including but not limited to towing, storage, or cleanup fees in the performance of the contract. The CONTRACTOR shall look solely and exclusively to the owner of the vehicle towed, impounded, or stored for payment of the services provided by the CONTRACTOR.

18.3 The CONTRACTOR shall assume the entire risk of nonpayment of any service charges incurred pursuant to the Agreement.

19. DRYRUNS

19.1 The CITY shall not be liable to pay to the CONTRACTOR any charge whatsoever or fee for a call that does not result in a chargeable service being rendered by the CONTRACTOR (i.e., a "dry run").

20. CITY VEHICLE TOWING

20.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, without cost to the CITY, towing of all CITY owned vehicles as requested by the CITY.

21. ADDITIONAL RESOURCES

21.1 It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to provide equipment and to perform the duties as required by the Police Department. The CONTRACTOR is hereby granted authority to utilize additional resources whenever deemed necessary to perform tow service duties. This may include, but is not limited to, personnel and/or equipment of another tow operator whose employees have approval as provided for in the contract.

This, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its duties and responsibilities, and any additional cost incurred as a result of utilizing additional resources shall not be charged to the CITY.

22. ABANDONED VEHICLES

22.1 Vehicles, or parts thereof, which are disposed of through the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program by delivery to an authorized automobile dismantler, pursuant to Section 22660 of the California Vehicle Code, are excluded from the contract. No charge shall be assessed against the CITY or the owner of any vehicle that is towed, stored, or dismantled under the provisions of the Abandoned Vehicle Abatement Program.

23. CONTRACTOR'S CONDUCT

It shall be grounds for termination of the contract, if CONTRACTOR, or any of its agents or employees or any person(s) connected or associated with the CONTRACTOR as an operator, director, officer, stockholder, general manager, or person who is exercising managerial authority of or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR 272
46 has committed any one of the following acts:

23.1 Has been convicted of a felony or any crime involving theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud or crimes of violence within the last ten (10) years or is so convicted during the term of the Agreement.

23.2 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements or advertisement in connection with the operation of the towing service.

23.3 Has conducted the towing service in a manner contrary to the peace, health, safety, and general welfare of the public.

23.4 Has violated or permitted other persons to violate, through an act of omission or commission by the CONTRACTOR, any felony or misdemeanor crime involving sexual offenses or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sale or use of a controlled substance, or any act of dishonesty, fraud, within the last ten (10) years.

23.5 Had an inspection or investigation by the City Building Division, Police Department, or Fire Department, which revealed a deficiency, violation, or conduct that endangers the peace, health, safety and general welfare of the public.

23.6 Employs tow truck drivers under 18 years of age.

23.7 Fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division in writing of any names, addresses, driver's license number of any newly employed tow truck driver within ten (10) bus iness days of their hire date, or fails to notify the Garden Grove Police Department Traffic Division within ten (10) business days of any tow truck driver who is no longer employed by CONTRACTOR.

23.8 Has charged fees in excess of the schedule rates approved by the Police Department for rotational tow services or in excess of any Federal, State, County or City laws or regulations for towing and/or storage of vehicles or any service incidental to towing.

23.9 Has allowed the services of a tow service driver with a record of violations of the Vehicle Code which has resulted in the suspension or revocation of their driver's license or a second (2nd) driving under the influence or reckless driving conviction within the three (3) years preceding the most recent violation, to remain in CONTRACTOR's employment as a driver providing service to the CITY.

23.10 Fails to comply with any California Vehicle Code, Fe deral, State, or County regulations and laws relating to towing and/or storing of vehicles, including the impounding and storing of vehicles from private property. 273
47 23.11 Fails to maintain control of any personal property, vehicle accessories and vehicles, which have been towed.

23.12 Fails to reimburse the legal or registered owner for damage or loss that occurs while the vehicle was in the CONTRACTOR's custody.

23.13 Having allowed an unauthorized person access to the storage yard or facilities.

23.14 Any other grounds as outlined in the Agreement between the CITY and the CONTRACTOR.

23.15 Has knowingly made false, misleading or fraudulent statements of a material fact in a report or record required to be filed with the Garden Grove Police Department.

23.16 Has stopped and solicited on any street, highway or other public thoroughfare the rendering of assistance to a person or disabled vehicle without first being requested to do so, except to render emergency aid when there exists an imminent peril to life or property.

23.17 Has charged for services not performed, equipment not employed or used, service or equipment not needed or has otherwise materially misstated the nature of any service performed or equipment used.

23.18 Has been denied consideration for placement on another police department tow list or suspended from another police department tow list, within five (5) years of applying to provide tow services to the City of Garden Grove, or during the term of the CONTRACTOR's agreement with CITY.

23.19 Obtaining a tow contract from the CITY by use of fraud, trick, dishonesty, or forgery.

23.20 Towing a vehicle to a location other than approved by the Police Department as an authorized storage facility without first receiving prior authorization to do so by the Police Department.

23.21 After towing a vehicle to the CONTRACTOR's storage facilities, towing the vehicle to another location for storage or impound without authorization from the Police Department.

23.22 Defrauding or conspiring to defraud any owner of any vehicle, any insurance company, or any other person financially interested in the towing, storage, or impound of any vehicle.

23.23 Moving, tampering with, or removing a vehicle involved in a traffic collision 274
48 prior to the arrival of law enforcement officers at the scene.

23.24 The Police Department receives four (4) or more complaints against the CONTRACTOR during any twelve (12) month period that the Police Department, in its reasonable discretion, determines to be justified, regarding the service, or lack thereof, provided by the CONTRACTOR.

23.26 Failing to comply w ith any provision of the contract between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.27 Repeated or flagrant violations of the provisions of the California Vehicle Code.

23.28 Demonstrating a pattern or practice of failing to answer calls -for-service, respond promptly to calls, an d/or to maintain clean, orderly, and secured storage facilities.

23.29 Failing to obtain and maintain a current valid CITY business license.

23.30 Commission of any unlawful, false, fraudulent, deceptive, or dangerous act while conducting its towing operation business.

23.31 Allowing the insurance coverage required herein to be withdrawn, lapse or otherwise to no longer being in force for any reason.

23.32 Dissolution of business or bankruptcy.

23.33 Assignment of the Agreement, or any right or interest stated herein, without the prior written consent of Chief of Police of his/her designee.

23.34 Any recurring deviation from the Police Department approved charges as specified herein.

23.35 Has committed any act constituting dishonesty or fraud.

23.36 Has a conviction or a plea of nolo contendere or guilty to a misdemeanor or felony crime involving sexual offenses, theft, embezzlement, stolen property, fraud, crimes of violence or moral turpitude, or a felony involving sales or use of a controlled substance within the last ten years or during the term of the Agreement between the CONTRACTOR and CITY.

23.37 Has published, uttered or disseminated any false, deceptive or misleading statements against the Police Department, the City of Garden Grove or its employees.

23.38 Has sold or transferred ownership of CONTRACTOR without prior written approval of the Chief of Police and/or in violation of Garden Grove Municipal Code Sections 5.52.160 through 5.52.180. Upon any change in 275
49 CONTRACTOR's ownership, CITY reserves the right to re -evaluate the new company/owners per the terms of this RFP and may terminate the Agreement at the sole discretion of the CITY. CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to terminate the Agreement solely as a result of a change in ownership of CONTRACTOR.

24. FEES/CHARGES

24.1 CONTRACTOR shall charge rates for all service, including an after hour's release fee, as established by the Chief of Police or his/her designee. The rates for citizen assist calls for services such as service calls or disabled vehicle tows wi ll be established by the Police Department as commercial rates for CONTRACTOR. The Chief of Police or his/her designee prior to the increase will authorize any and all rate increases.

24.2 All rates and charges shall be conspicuously posted in the CONTRACTOR's office and in all tow vehicles and shall be available for review by Police Department and/or persons for whom tow service is provided. All customer bills shall be itemized. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to collect payment for services it renders under the Agreement from the vehicle owners, and the CITY shall not be responsible in any way whatsoever for payment of these charges.

24.3 Routine clean-up such as sweep up, fluid clean -up and debris removal shall be included in the basic tow charge. Ho wever, when clean-up is determined to be excessive (by mutual agreement of the CONTRACTOR and the CITY), the rate shall be the labor rate referenced in CONTRACTOR'S proposal (quoted for "labor").

24.4 The CONTRACTOR, as prescribed within California Vehicle Code Section 22651.1, shall accept a valid bankcard, credit card or cash for payment of towing and storage by the registered owner, legal owner, or agent of the owner claiming the vehicle.

24.5 Following the completion of the initial three (3) year contract period, the Chief of Police or his/her designee may reevaluate the charges and rates set to ensure that the current rates and charges are reasonable.

24.6 The CONTRACTOR shall cause the release of any vehicle upon the direction of any Police Department Supervisor without charge for towing or storage regardless of the reason for the towing.

24.7 Fees for Lien Sale Vehicle Release: A Request Release for Lien Sale -form #439 is required prior to the lien release of any vehicle that has been stored or impounded by the Police Department. The use of this system provides a way to monitor vehicles used or involved in major crimes that may be evidence of the crime, and to prevent their release. An administrative fee of $12.00 per request release for lien sale form has been established to defray 276
50 the costs of printing, filing, verifying if the vehicle is needed as evidence, and the postage or delivery of the forms to the CONTRACTOR. The fee will begin upon the inception of this agreement. A check for the accumulative total of request release for lien sale forms will accompany each package submitted.

25. ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF REPRESENTATIVES

25.1 It is understood and agreed by the parties that the acts and/or omissions of the owner(s), officers, operators, officials, employees, agents and representatives of the CONTRACTOR in the performance of the services and obligations under this agreement shall constitute the acts and/or omissions of the CONTRACTOR and not of the CITY.

26. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

26.1 It is understood and agreed by the CONTRACTOR that all state and federal regulations regarding the clean-up and disposal of hazardous materials at the site of all accidents, including those involving CITY owned vehicles, are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR.

26.2 CONTRACTOR is responsible for maintaining all required records and receipts in the event that these documents are requested for proof of compliance. See guidance documents in APPENDIX C, which do not limit the CONTRACTOR's responsibility for all state and federal regulations regarding hazardous material clean up and disposal.

27. APPLICATION FEES

27.1 The CONTRACTOR shall be subject to the following fees intended to defray the CITY's costs of processing the Contract:

Live scan forms can be obtained at the Police Department. An appointment must be made with the front desk and please bring payment in the form of cash or check, payable to the City of Garden Grove, at the time of your appointment. The total cost is $81.00 (D.O.J. -$32.00, FBI -$17.00, and Police Department $25.00).

D.O.J background check
Annual Inspection Fee
Reinspection Fee
$32.00 (made payable to D.O.J)

$250.00

Rate of top step police officer

277
51 RFP NO. S-1370
ATTACHMENT “B”

AUTHORIZED TOWING AND STORAGE FEE SCHEDULE

SERVICE FEE
CLASS A $225.00
CLASS B OR FLATBED $260.00
CLASS C $375.00
CLASS D $405.00
Dolly, Go-Jacks or Linkage Fee $80.00
Rollover or Winching Fee $160.00
Clean-Up Fee (fee to City capped at $35.00 per occurrence) $90.00 Hazmat Fee (per five (5) gallon bucket) $140.00

Vehicle Storage Fees (Daily)
Class A-Outside $75.00
Class A-Inside $80.00
Class B-Outside $80.00
Class B-Inside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Outside $85.00
Class C or Class D-Inside $90.00

After Hours Release
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Minimum Service Call or Drop Fee
50% of the
authorized towing
charge
Lien Sale
As authorized by
the California Civil
and Vehicle Codes
Mileage (per mile outside the corporate city limits) $12.00

TO BE POSTED IN A LOCATION CLEARLY VISIBLE TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC 278
Item 359/2026

Final
City of Garden Grove

INTER-DEPARTMENT MEMORANDUM

To:

Lisa L. Kim From: Samuel Kim
Dept:

City Manager Dept: Public Works
Date: 9/8/2026

Subject: Award a contract to CCS Facility Services Orange County, Inc. to provide janitorial services for the new public safety building and parking structure. (Cost: $768,535 per year)(Action Item)

OBJECTIVE

For City Council to approve a one -year janitorial services agreement with CCS Facility Services Orange County, Inc., in the amount of $768,535, for the new public safety building and parking structure. The agreement includes the option to extend services for an additional four (4) one -year terms, exercised at the sole discr etion of the City, for a total five -year performance period valued at approximately $3,842,675.

BACKGROUND

On July 16, 2026, staff issued a Request for Proposal (RFP S -1396) for the provision of custodial services for the new public safety building and parking structure. Due to the complexity of the facility and other unknown variables, two operational elements were given priority in formulating the RFP: ensuring appropriate staffing levels and defining facility safety standards and protocols.

To ascertain staffing levels, the City defined cleaning standards and frequency of services by establishing three (3) service level tiers (Tier 1 = Full Service, Tier 2 = Standard Service, and Tier 3 = Managed Service). Each Tier is distinguished by cleaning frequencies (i.e. weekly v. bi-weekly v. monthly services). Refer to the attached Janitorial Work Plan for a full listing of all three service tiers. Contractors were requested to evaluate each tier and submit staffing models with respective productive hours and costs for each tier. Further, the RFP established that the City would have final determination in choosing a contract tier for final award and have the contractual ability to transition to a lower or higher tier after an initial performance assessment.

The second prioritized element was defining safety standards and protocols, such as requiring all contract ed staff to be background -checked per Garden Grove Police Department standards, and requiring contractors, their employees, and any sub -contractors to sign and submit confidentiality agreements before formally commencing work in the new building (RFP Exhibit B - Safety Standards & Protocols).
279
Item 359/2026

DISCUSSION

A total of six (6) proposals were submitted and evaluated. The following table summarizes the scoring results:

Table 1. RFP S-1396 Proposal Scoring Summary (ranked by total score) Rank Company Rater 1 Rater 2 Rater 3 Total
Score
1 CCS Facility Services
(Recommended) 88.7 89.7 89.7 268.1
2 Merchants Building
Maintenance 78 85 87.5 250.5
3 DMS Facility Services 70.6 82.6 81.6 234.8
4 EBS Maintenance 68 73 77 218.0
5 CM Simple Janitorial
Services LLC 60.3 69.3 82.3 211.9
6 Coastal Building Services 59.4 64.4 74.4 198.2

Staff unanimously concluded CCS Facility Services (CCS) is the most qualified custodial company, with proven public safety experience and best overall contract value. Additionally, staff is recommending to award the contract at tier 2 service level. This tier selection will give the City the flexibility to scale up (Tier 1) or down (Tier 3) after a proposed 30/60/90 -day contract review, thereby ensuring the most appropriate staffing level. The following is a table summarizing CCS’s Tiers costs and respective productive labor hours:

Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2 – Standard
Service
Tier 3 – Managed
Service
Contract Cost $839,971 $768,535 $653,431
Weekly Labor Hours 416 376 304
For other key contract highlights see attached “Contract Reference Guide”.

FINANCIAL IMPACT

The contract will be awarded at the Tier 2 service level in the amount of $768,535. However, staff is requesting that the appropriation be established at the Tier 1 service level of $839,971 to allow for additional services, if warranted, following completion of the 30 -, 60-, and 90- day performance review periods. The difference between the Tier 1 and Tier 2 service levels is $71,436. If the final determination is to remain at Tier 2 or a lower service level, any unused additional appropriation will be removed from the contract budget.

For Fiscal Year 2026-27, $493,154 is included in the adopted budget for custodial services.

In addition, $26,263 in existing funding previously allocated for the former Police facility will be redirected to support the new contract. Accordingly, an additional appropriation of $320,554 from the General Fund is required for the agreement with CCS Facility Services 280
Item 359/2026

Orange County, Inc. to provide custodial services for the new Public Safety Building and parking structure.

RECOMMENDATION

It is recommended that the City Council:

 Authorize the Finance Director to appropriate $320,554 in FY2026-27 General Fund (Fund 111) budget for this contract (GL: 1115311485 – Custodial);  Authorize the City Manager , or designee, to execute a one -year agreement with CCS Facility Services Orange County, Inc., in the amount of $768,535 (Tier 2), with an option to extend said agreement for an additional four (4) one-year terms, at the sole discretion of the City, for a total five -year performance period valued at approximately $3,842,675; and  Authorize the City Manager, or designee, to transition between service tiers as per the Janitorial Work Plan referenced in the subject Janitorial Services Agreement, including executing the necessary contract amendments and make minor modifications as appropriate thereto on behalf of the City.

By: Ana V. Neal, Principal Administrative Analyst

ATTACHMENT(S)

1. CCS Services Agreeement & Janitorial Work Plan

2. CCS Proposal

3. CCS Contract Reference Guide

4. CCS Contract Exhibits

281
1 JANITORIAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is made this day of , 2026, by the CITY OF GARDEN GROVE , a municipal corporation, ("CITY") and CCS Facility Services- Orange County, Inc., herein after referred to as “CONTRACTOR”.

RECITALS

The following recitals are a substantive part of this Agreement:

1. This Agreement is entered into pursuant to Garden Grove Council approval dated ___________.

2. CITY desir es to utilize the services of CONTRACTOR to Provide Janitorial/Custodial Services for the City’s Public Safety Building.

AGREEMENT

THE PARTIES MUTUALLY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

1. Term and Termination The initial term of the agreement shall be from one year from full execution of the agreement, with an option to extend said agreement an additional four (4) years for a total of five years . This agreement may be terminated by the CITY without cause. In such event, the CITY will compensate CONTRACTOR for work performed to date in accordance with proposal which is attached as Attachment A and is hereby incorporated by reference. Contractor is required to present evidence to support performed work.

2. Services to be Provided. The services to be performed by CONTRACTOR shall consist of tasks as set forth in the Contract Documents defined in Paragraph 19 herein. All services shall be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents identified in Paragraph 19 of this Agreement, including the standards, protocols, and requirements of the CITY-issued documents listed therein.

3. Compensation. CONTRACTOR shall be compensated as follows:

3.1 AMOUNT. Total Compensation under this agreement shall not exceed (NTE) amount of Seven hundred sixty-eight thousand, five hundred thirty-five dollars and zero cents ($768,535.00), for the Tier Two Standard Service and the options which are outlined as follows, per year, payable in arrears and in accordance with the Contract Documents.

282

FIXED COSTS VARIABLE COST
Service Tier Annual Base Service
Cost¹
Annual Parking
Structure Cost²
Annual Special
Services (Est.)³
Total Annual
Contract Cost
Tier 1 — Full Service $722,640 $49,156 $68,175 $839,971 Tier 2 — Standard
Service $651,204 $49,156 $68,175 $768,535
Tier 3 — Managed
Service $536,100 $49,156 $68,175 $653,431

¹ Annual Base Service Cost includes all custodial labor, supervision, equipment, chemicals, consumables, and overhead required to deliver the scope of services.
² Annual Parking Structure Cost includes weekly power sweeping, day porter service, and quarterly deep cleaning. Fixed and firm for Year 1; applies uniformly across all three tiers and does not vary by tier selected. ³ Annual Special Services (Est.) is a planning estimate only, not a firm or guaranteed cost. It reflects projected Year 1 usage of after-hours on-call custodial service, after-hours on-call biohazard/hazmat response, and restricted-area on-call/special request cleaning. Actual charges are billed per incident or per hour based on documented utilization, per the firm unit rates.

3.2 Payment. For work under this Agreement, payment shall be made per invoice for work completed. Within 45 day of performance of services, CONTRACTOR must promptly render an invoice to CITY or payment may be significantly delayed. For extra work not a part of this Agreement, a written authorization by CITY will be required, and payment shall be based on schedule included in Proposal (Attachment A). All payments under this Agreement are subject to withholding, deduction, offset, and assessment of liquidated damages as provided in Paragraph 18 of this Agreement and Part 4 of Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary).

3.3 Records of Expenses. CONTRACTOR shall keep complete and accurate records of all costs and expenses incidental to services covered by this Agreement. These records will be made available at reasonable times to CITY.

3.4 Termination. CITY shall have the right to terminate this agreement, without cause, by giving thirty (30) days written notice of termination. If the Agreement is terminated by CITY, then the provisions of paragraph 3 would apply to that portion of the work completed.

4. Insurance requirements.

4.1 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK . CONTRACT OR shall not commence work under this Agreement until all certificates and endorsements have been received and approved by the CITY. All insurance required by this Agreement shall contain a Statement of Obligation on the part of the carrier to notify the C ITY of any material change, cancellation, or 283
termination at least thirty (30) days in advance and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City.

4.2 WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE . During the duration of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors shall maintain Workers Compensation Insurance in the amount and type required by law, if applicable.

4.3 INSURANCE AMOUNTS . CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following insurance for the duration of this Agreement:

(a) Commercial general liability in an amount of $1,000,000.00 per occurrence ( claims made and modified occurrence
policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must
be acceptable to CITY and have a Best’s Guide Rating of A-, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

(b) Automobile liability in an amount of $1,000,000.00 combined single limit (claims made and modified occurrence
policies are not acceptable); Insurance companies must
be acceptable to CITY and have a Best’s Guide Rating of A-, Class VII or better, as approved by the CITY.

An On-Going and Completed Operations Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section 4.3 (a) shall designate CITY, it’s officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for liability arising out of work or operations performed by or on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY’s requirements, as approved by the CITY.

An Additional Insured Endorsement for the policy under section 4.3 (b) shall designate CITY, it’s officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers as additional insureds for automobiles, owned, leased, hired, or borrowed by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall provide to CITY proof of insurance and endorsement forms that conform to CITY’s requirements, as approved by the CITY.

For any claims related to this Agreement, CONTRACTOR’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects CITY, it’s officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self -insurance maintained by the CITY, it’s officers, officials, em ployees, agents, and volunteers shall be excess of the CONTRACTOR’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.

If CONTRACTOR maintains higher insurance limits than the minimums shown above, CONTRACTOR shall provide coverage for the higher insurance limits otherwise maintained by the CONTRACTOR.

284

5. Non-Liability of Officials and Employees of the CITY. No official or employee of CITY shall be personally liable to CONTRACTOR in the event of any default or breach by CITY, or for any amount which may become due to CONTRACTOR.

6. Non-Discrimination. CONTRACTOR covenants there shall be no discrimination against any person or group due to race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, age, h andicap, national origin, or ancestry, in any activity pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Independent Contractor. It is agreed to that CONTRACTOR shall act and be an independent contractor and not an agent or employee of the CITY, and shall obtain no rights to any benefits which accrue to CITY'S employees.

8. Compliance with Law. CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, codes, and regulations of the federal, state, and local government.

CONTRACTOR shall comply with, and shall be resp onsible for causing all contractors and subcontractors performing any of the work pursuant to this Agreement to comply with, all applicable federal and state labor standards, including, to the extent applicable, the prevailing wage requirements promulgated by the Director of Industrial Relations of the State of California Department of Labor. The City makes no warranty or representation concerning whether any of the work performed pursuant to this Agreement constitutes public works subject to the prevailing wage requirements.

9. Notices. All notices shall be personally delivered or mailed to the below listed address, or to such other addresses as may be designated by written notice.

These addresses shall be used for delivery of service of process.

a. (Contractor)
CCS Facility Services-Orange County, Inc.

Attention: Ryan Bunn, Vice President
3001 Red Hill Avenue, Bld. #6-220
Costa Mesa, CA 92625

b. (Address of CITY) (with a copy to):

City of Garden Grove Garden Grove City Attorney
11222 Acacia Parkway 11222 Acacia Parkway
Garden Grove, CA 92840 Garden Grove, CA 92840

10. RESERVED.

11. Licenses, Permits, and Fees. At its sole expense, CONTRACTOR shall obtain a Garden Grove Business License, all permits, and licenses as may be required by this Agreement.

12. Familiarity with Work. By executing this Agreement, CONTRACTOR warrants that: (1) it has investigated the work to be performed; (2) it has investigated the 285
site of the work and is aware of all conditions there; and (3) it understands the facilities, difficulties, and restrictions of the work under this Agreement. Should CONTRACTOR discover any latent or unknown conditions materially differing from those inherent in the work or as represented by CITY, it shall immediately inform CITY of this and shall not proceed, except at CONTRACTOR's risk, until written instructions are received from CITY.

13. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

14. Limitations Upon Subcontractin g and Assignment . The experience, knowledge, capability, and reputation of CONTRACTOR, its principals and employees were a substantial inducement for CITY to enter into this Agreement.

CONTRACTOR shall not contract with any other entity to perform the se rvices required without written approval of the CITY. This Agreement may not be assigned voluntarily or by operation of law, without the prior written approval of CITY. If CONTRACTOR is permitted to subcontract any part of this Agreement, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to CITY for the acts and omissions of its subcontractor as it is for persons directly employed. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall create any contractual relationship between any subcontractor and CITY. All persons engaged in the work will be considered employees of CONTRACTOR. CITY will deal directly with and will make all payments to CONTRACTOR.

15. Authority to Execute. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of the parties warrant that they are duly authorized to execute this Agreement and that by executing this Agreement, the parties are formally bound.

16. Indemnification. To the fullest extent permitted by l aw, CONTRACTOR shall defend, and hold harmless CITY and its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, and employees from any and all claims, liabilities, expenses, or damages of any nature, including attorneys' fees, for injury or death of any person, or damages of any nature, including interference with use of property, arising out of, or in any way connected with the negligence, recklessness and/or intentional wrongful conduct of CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR'S agents, officers, employees, subcontractors, or independent contractors hired by CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Agreement. The only exception to CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to protect, defend, and hold harmless CITY, is due to the sole negligence, recklessness and/or wrongful conduct of CITY, or any of its elective or appointive boards, officers, agents, or employees.

This hold harmless agreement shall apply to all liability regardless of whether any insurance policies are applicable. The policy limits do not act as a limitation upon the amount of indemnification to be provided by CONTRACTOR.

17. Appropriations. This Agreement is subject to and contingent upon funds being appropriated therefor by the Garden Grove City Council for each fiscal year covered by the term of this Agreement. If such appropriations are not made, this Agreement shall automatically terminate without penalty to the CITY.

286

18. Performance Requirements Summary; Withholding, Deduction, and Liquidated Damages.

18.1 Incorporation of Performance Requirements Summary . Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary), issued by CITY with the Request for Proposals for Public Safety Building Custodial Services (RFP), and as amended by any written addendum issued prior to award, is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

18.2 Liquidated Damages, Withholding and Offset Authority. Notwithstanding paragraph 3 of this Agreement, CITY may withhold payment, deduct pro rata, assess liquidated damages, and offset amounts against CONTRACTOR’S invoices in accordance with Part 4 of Exhibit I, applying the fixed amounts of the PRS Chart (Part 2 of Exhibit I) and the pro rata formulas of Part 3 of Exhibit I. The parties agree that such amounts constitute reasonable estimates of CITY’S damages within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1671(b), as set forth in Part 4, Section 4 of Exhibit I, and shall not be construed as penalties or forfeitures.

18.3 Administration; Amendment; Survival. References in Exhibit I to the “City’s Project Manager” mean CITY’S designated contract administrator, the CITY’S Public Works Custodial Supervisor or designee. Exhibit I may be modified only by a written amendment to this Agreement executed by both parties. CITY’S rights under this paragraph and Exhibit I survive expiration or termination of this Agreement as to amounts accrued prior to such expiration or termination.

19. Contract Documents; Order of Precedence.

19.1 Contract Documents. This Agreement consists of the following documents (collectively, the “Contract Documents”), each of which is incorporated into this Agreement by this reference, wh ether or not physically attached hereto:

(a) This Agreement;

(b) Attachment 1 , CONTRACTOR’s Proposal submitted in
response to the RFP;

(c) Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary),
incorporated pursuant to paragraph 18;

(d) the following CITY-issued scope and requirement documents attached to the RFP: Attachment A- Janitorial Work Plan, Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet), Exhibit B (Safety Standards and Protocols), and Exhibit E (Contractor
Acknowledgment and Confidenti ality Agreements);
CONTRACTOR’S completed Exhibit C (BAFO-Cost Proposal
and Tiered Pricing Schedule), Exhibit G (Proposer
287
References and Qualifications Form), and Exhibit H
(Proposed Staffing Plan).

Each Contract Document includes any written addendum issued by CITY prior to award amending that document. The Contract Documents are complementary, and a requirement appearing in any one Contract Document is binding as though appearing in all.

19.2 Order of Precedence . In the event of any inconsistency a mong the Contract Documents, the following order of precedence shall govern: first, this Agreement, except that Part 4 of Exhibit I shall govern as to withholding, deduction, cure, and the assessment of liquidated damages as provided in paragraph 18.3; sec ond, the CITY -issued documents identified in paragraph 19.1(b) through (d); and third, CONTRACTOR’S proposal and completed forms identified in paragraph 19.1(d). Where the Contract Documents state differing standards of performance for the same work, the m ore stringent standard shall apply unless CITY directs otherwise in writing.

19.3 Procurement Documents Not Incorporated . The RFP’s instructions to proposers, submission requirements, Exhibit D (Proposal Evaluation and Selection Criteria), and any addendum of a solely procurement nature are not Contract Documents, do not define or limit CONTRACTOR’s obligations, and impose no continuing obligation on CITY; provided, however, that all representations, certifications, and commitments made by CONTRACTOR in its Proposal remain binding on CONTRACTOR.

19.4 Exhibit E — Condition of Commencement. In addition to the requirements of paragraph 4.1, CONTRACTOR shall not commence work under this Agreement until CONTRACTOR has executed and delivered to CITY the entity-level acknowledgment required by Exhibit E, and no individual shall be assigned to perform work at the facility until that individual’s acknowledgment and confidentiality agreement required by Exhibit E has been executed and delivered to CITY.

\ \ \ \

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

(Agreement Signature Block on Next Page)

288
IN WITNESS THEREOF, these parties have executed this Agreement on the day and year shown below.

Date: _____________ "CITY"

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

By:___________________________
City Manager
ATTESTED:

____________________________
City Clerk

Date: _______________________
"CONTRACTOR"
CCS Facility Services-Orange County, Inc.

By: ___________________________

Name:__________________________

Title:___________________________

Date: __________________________

Tax ID No. ______________________

If CONTRACTOR is a corporation, a
Corporate Resolution and/or Corporate
Seal is required. If a partnership,
Statement of Partnership must be
submitted to CITY.

APPROVED AS TO FORM:

____________________________
Garden Grove City Attorney

________________________
Date

289
ATTACHMENT “A”

CITY OF GARDEN GROVE

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

JANITORIAL WORK PLAN

Request for Proposals — Custodial Services

Public Safety Building | 11301 Acacia Parkway, Garden Grove, CA 92840

290

INTRODUCTION & PURPOSE

This Janitorial Work Plan establishes the service requirements, staffing framework, cleaning standards, and performance expectations governing all custodial services at the City of Garden Grove's new Public Safety Building (PSB). This document is a required element of the Request for Proposals (RFP) and must be read in conjunction with the following exhibits which can be all be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab.

• Exhibit A – Facility Specification Sheet
• Exhibit B – Safety Standards & Protocols
• Exhibit C – Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule • Exhibit E – Contractor Employee Acknowledgement / Confidentiality Agreement • Exhibit H – Proposed Staffing Plan
• Exhibit I – Performance Requirements Summary

The City has defined three distinct service levels — Tier 1 (Full Service), Tier 2 (Standard Service), and Tier 3 (Managed Service) — differentiated by cleaning frequency and scope of spaces covered. Proposers must submit staffing plans and fully priced cost proposals for all three tiers. Failure to price all three tiers is grounds for disqualification as non-responsive.

NOTE: Attendance at the Mandatory Facility Tour(s) is required for proposal eligibility. Proposers must participate in the tour to verify facility conditions and assess all space types before preparing their Work Plan and cost proposal. Proposers are encouraged to bring representatives with direct operational knowledge of custodial work in public safety facilities.

Facility Overview

Facility Attribute Detail
Facility Name City of Garden Grove — Public Safety Building (PSB) Address 11301 Acacia Parkway, Garden Grove, CA 92840
Gross Square Footage 103,181 gross sq. ft. | ~81,052 cleanable sq. ft.

Building Type Police Headquarters & Detention Facility — 24/7 Operations Public Hours Monday – Friday, 8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.

Days of Custodial Service 365 days per year, including all City-observed holidays Restrooms 29 total, including 2 full locker rooms with showers Parking Structure Included — see Section 8

291
SECTION 1 — THREE-TIER SERVICE LEVEL FRAMEWORK

The City has established three service level tiers for this contract. Tier definitions are City-defined and govern both the scope of spaces covered and the minimum cleaning frequencies required at each level. Proposers do not define the tiers; they propose the staffing and cost required to deliver each tier as specified.

1.1 Tier Definitions

Tier Name Description
Tier 1 Full Service
All spaces serviced at full frequency. Maximum coverage across all shift days. Highest level of cleaning detail and responsiveness.

Tier 2 Standard Service
All non-negotiable priority spaces serviced at full frequency.

Lower-priority spaces serviced at reduced frequency.

Modest reduction in weekend coverage.

Tier 3 Managed Service
All non-negotiable priority spaces serviced at minimum
required frequency. Lower-priority spaces serviced on a reduced schedule. Minimum weekend coverage. Cost-
controlled baseline.

1.2 Non-Negotiable Service Standards — All Tiers

The following standards apply uniformly across Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3. They are not subject to reduction, modification, or substitution regardless of the tier selected or any cost constraints. These standards must be fully reflected in the contractor's Work Plan at every service level.

Category Non-Negotiable Standard
City Jail & Booking Area
All standards in Section 4 of this Work Plan apply at all tiers without reduction, including cleaning schedule, wall disinfection protocol, crew consistency requirement, and 24/7 supervisory contact.

Security Protocols
All requirements in Section 7 (Security & Access Protocols) apply at all tiers. Background checks, FBI Criminal Justice Information Services (CJIS training), access zone compliance, keycard protocols, confidentiality obligations, and uniform/ID requirements are non-negotiable.

Biohazard / Hazmat Response
On-call biohazard response — including 30-minute acknowledgment and 60-minute on-site arrival — applies at all tiers. Contractor must supply all PPE and biohazard kits at all tiers.

Restrooms (29 total) Minimum cleaning frequency: twice daily, every day. Supply restocking at each cleaning.

Locker Rooms & Showers (2) Minimum cleaning frequency: twice daily, every day. EPA-registered disinfectant required.

Records Area Minimum cleaning frequency: twice daily, every day. Includes mopping, trash removal, and kitchenette cleaning.
292
Dispatch Area Minimum cleaning frequency: twice daily, every day. Includes mopping, trash removal, and kitchenette cleaning.

Break Rooms & Kitchenettes Minimum cleaning frequency: twice daily, every day.

Chemical Pre-Approval All cleaning products require City pre-approval before contract start.

Chemical Product List and SDS sheets required at all tiers.

Consumable Supplies Contractor furnishes all consumable restroom and breakroom supplies at all tiers, restocked at each cleaning. See Section 6.1.

Shift Completion Logs Required at all tiers for all shifts. Signed by Lead Custodian (weekdays) or on-duty custodian (weekends).

1.3 Minimum Staffing Floor — All Tiers

The following minimum staffing levels apply regardless of which tier is proposed or awarded. No proposal may staff below these floors at any tier. Proposals that do not meet these minimums will be deemed non - responsive.

Day Type Minimum Per Shift Lead Required?
Weekday (Mon–Fri) 2 custodians minimum per shift (AM and PM)
Yes — one of the 2 must be a
designated Lead Custodian
Weekend (Sat–Sun) 1 custodian + 1 porter minimum (split across AM and PM shifts) No Lead required on weekends

NOTE: These are floors, not ceilings. Proposers are expected and encouraged to propose additional staffing above these minimums where their assessment of the facility warrants it. The City will evaluate the feasibility and adequacy of proposed staffing as part of the Work Plan scorin g.

1.4 Responsiveness Requirement — Pricing All Three Tiers

IMPORTANT: Proposals must include fully priced cost proposals for all three service tiers (Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3) using Exhibit C (Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule). A proposal that omits pricing for any tier, or that prices fewer than three tiers, will be deemed non - responsive and will not be evaluated. No exceptions will be granted.

All three tier prices will be incorporated into the executed contract. The City's right to sele ct and transition between tiers is governed by Section 1.5 below.

1.5 Tier Selection, Upgrade & Downgrade Rights

Initial Tier Selection
The City will select the initial service tier at the time of contract award. The selected tier will be identified in the contract and reflected in the first month's invoice. 293
City's Unilateral Right to Upgrade
The City reserves the unilateral right to upgrade the contracted service tier at any time during the contract term. Tier upgrades do not require the contractor's consent and do not reopen contract pricing. The following conditions govern upgrades:

1. The City must provide written notice to the Contractor's Project Manager at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the effective date of the tier upgrade.

2. The upgrade price shall be the then-current escalated Tier price for the tier being upgraded to, as calculated under the CPI-indexed escalator in Exhibit C, Part 2 — not the original Year 1 price submitted in the Cost Proposal, except for the first year of the contract. No adjustment outside the escalator formula is permitted, except through the Extraordinary Cost Relief mechanism described in Exhibit C, Part 2.

3. The contractor must be operationally ready to perform at the upgraded tier level on the effective date stated in the notice.

4. The City may upgrade from Tier 3 to Tier 2, from Tier 2 to Tier 1, or from Tier 3 directly to Tier 1, at its sole discretion.

Downgrade by Mutual Agreement Only
Downgrading the contracted service tier requires a written amendment executed by both parties. The City may initiate a downgrade request at any time; however, no downgrade takes effect until the amendment is fully executed. Downgrade pricing shall be the then -current escalated price for the downgraded tier, as calculated under the CPI-indexed escalator in Exhibit C, Part 2 — not the original Year 1 price — unless the parties agree otherwise in the amendment.

No Contractor-Initiated Tier Changes
The Contractor has no right to unilaterally reduce or modify the scope of services below t he contracted tier.

Any reduction in service scope without City authorization constitutes a material breach of contract.

294
SECTION 2 — STAFFING REQUIREMENTS BY TIER

Proposers must submit a staffing plan for each tier as part of their Contractor Work Plan (see Section 10 and Exhibit H). The staffing plan must demonstrate that the proposed crew size, shift structure, and scheduling are sufficient to deliver the cleaning frequencies and scope specified for that tier. The City will assess staffing feasibility as a scored element of proposal evaluation.

2.1 Weekday Shift Structure — All Tiers

The following shift structure applies to all tiers. Tier differences manifest in crew size and tasks performed, not in the existence of shifts.

Shift Latest Start Time Minimum Personnel Lead
Required?
Service Gap
Allowed?
AM No later than 6:00
a.m.
2 custodians minimum (1 must be
Lead). Proposers may propose
additional staff.

Yes No
PM No later than 2:00
p.m.
2 custodians minimum (1 must be
Lead). Proposers may propose
additional staff.

Yes No

NOTE: No service gap is permitted between the end of the AM shift and the start of the PM shift on any weekday. Contractor must demonstrate in the staffing plan (Exhibit H) how continuous coverage is maintained.

2.2 Weekend Shift Structure — Differentiated by Tier

Weekend staffing differs across tiers. The table below defines the minimum weekend staffing at each tier.

Proposers must propose a weekend schedule consistent with or exceeding these minimums for the tier they are pricing.

Element Tier 1 — Full Service Tier 2 — Standard Service Tier 3 — Managed Service AM Shift
2 custodians start at 6:00
a.m. + 1 porter; start no later
than 8:00 a.m.
1 custodian starts at 6:00
a.m. + 2 porters; start no
later than 8:00 a.m.
1 custodian starts at 6:00
a.m. + 1 porter; start no later
than 8:00 a.m.

PM Shift
2 custodians start at 2:00
p.m. + 1 porter; start no later
than 3:00 p.m.
1 custodian starts at 2:00
p.m. + 2 porters; start no
later than 3:00 p.m.
1 custodian starts at 2:00
p.m. + 1 porter; start no later
than 3:00 p.m.

Weekend
Coverage Level
Full — all priority spaces +
general cleaning
Moderate — priority spaces
+ high-traffic areas
Minimum — non-negotiable
priority spaces only
Lead Required? No No No

2.3 Required Staffing Disclosures in Contractor Work Plan 295

For each tier priced, the Contractor Work Plan and Exhibit H (Proposed Staffing Plan) must explicitly state:

1. Proposed shift schedule with start and end times for each shift (weekday and weekend)

2. Total number of custodians and porters proposed per shift, per tier

3. Zones and tasks assigned to each shift under that tier

4. Plan for maintaining coverage in the event of unplanned employee absence

5. Justification for crew size

296
SECTION 3 — SCOPE OF SERVICES BY TIER
The following tables define the minimum cleaning tasks and frequencies for each space type at each service tier. Color coding corresponds to tier: green (Tier 1), yellow (Tier 2), and orange/peach (Tier 3).

Rows marked as Non-Negotiable are required at all tiers and cannot be reduced.

All cleaning and disinfection must comply with applicable OSHA, Cal/OSHA, CDC, and EPA standards.

Refer to Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet) for floor-type-specific maintenance requirements. Refer to Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary) for the performance standards against which each task will be inspected.

3.1 Priority Spaces — Non-Negotiable Minimums Apply
Priority spaces have City-mandated minimum frequencies that cannot be reduced at any tier. Tier differentiation in this section reflects additional service above the non-negotiable floor. Contractor's Work Plan must demonstrate compliance with the stated minimums at all three tier price points.

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
RESTROOMS (29 TOTAL) — Minimum Twice Daily, Every Day (365 Days) Clean & disinfect toilets, urinals,
sinks, mirrors, and fixtures Twice per shift Twice per shift Once per shift EPA-registered
germicidal
disinfectant
required
Mop floors with germicidal solution Twice per shift Once per shift Once per shift Restock all dispensers (Contractor-
furnished supplies) Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift —
Contractor
maintains
adequate on-site
inventory at all
times; supply run-
outs are a
deficiency under
Section 9.3
Empty sanitary receptacles and
replace liners Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Spot clean walls, partitions, stall
doors, kick plates, push plates 3x / week Weekly Bi-weekly Clean and disinfect all dispensers
(soap, paper towel, tissue, seat
cover)
Weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly
Dust ceiling vents Weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly
Brush down and clean ceramic tile
walls and toilet compartment
partitions
Weekly Bi-weekly Monthly
Pour floor drain deodorizer Weekly Weekly Bi-weekly
297
Full restroom deep scrub (de-scaling,
heavy disinfection, grout scrubbing) Bi-Monthly Quarterly Semi-Annually Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
LOCKER ROOMS & SHOWERS (2) — Minimum Twice Daily, Every Day (365 Days) All standard restroom tasks (sinks,
toilets, mirrors, dispensers, mopping) Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers See Restrooms
table — twice daily
minimum applies
Scrub & disinfect shower stalls, walls,
and floors Weekly Bi-Weekly Monthly
EPA-registered;
mold-prevention
protocol. This is
routine shower
cleaning, not deep
scrub.

Clean & disinfect shower drains Weekly Bi-Weekly Monthly Clean & disinfect benches, locker
exteriors, handles Weekly Weekly Bi-weekly
Shower deep scrub (de-scaling,
grout, showerhead disinfection) Monthly Monthly Bi-Monthly Proposer to
describe
disinfection
standard in Work
Plan
High dusting (vents, ceiling fixtures) Bi-Monthly Bi-Monthly Quarterly

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
RECORDS AREA — Minimum Twice Daily, Every Day (365 Days) | Unescorted Access Mop all hard surface floors Twice per shift Once per shift Once per shift Empty all waste receptacles and
replace liners Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Clean kitchenette area (counters,
sink, surfaces) Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Clean glass surfaces As Needed As Needed As Needed
Dust vents and walls Weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
DISPATCH AREA — Minimum Twice Daily, Every Day (365 Days) | Unescorted Access Mop all hard surface floors Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift 298
Empty all waste receptacles and
replace liners Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Clean kitchenette area (counters,
sink, surfaces) Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Dust vents and walls Bi-weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
BREAK ROOMS & KITCHENETTES — Minimum Twice Daily, Every Day (365 Days) Empty all waste receptacles and
replace liners Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift Clean & disinfect countertops, tables,
and sinks Twice per shift Once per shift Once per shift Clean exterior of appliances
(microwave, refrigerator) Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Once per shift -
Interior cleaning
excluded from
contract scope
Sweep and mop floors Twice per shift Once per shift Once per shift Clean cabinetry exteriors, handles,
and spot clean walls Bi-Weekly Monthly Bi-Monthly

3.2 General Offices, Workstations & Administration Areas

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
Empty & replace all waste receptacle
liners Once per shift Once per shift Daily
Dust mop / sweep hard surface floors Daily Daily 2x / week Damp mop hard surface floors Once per shift Once per shift Daily Vacuum all carpeted areas Daily Daily Daily
Spot clean carpet stains As needed As needed As needed
Notify City PM if
stain is
unremovable
Clean & disinfect high-touch surfaces
(door handles, switches, phones,
keyboards)
Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly
EPA-registered
disinfectant
required
Spot clean doors, kick plates, door
frames Weekly Bi-Weekly Bi-Weekly
Dust desks, chairs, furniture surfaces Weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly 299
Low dusting (baseboards, sills,
surfaces below 7 ft) Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly
Clean & disinfect drinking fountains, if
present Weekly Weekly Weekly
High dusting (above 7 ft — vents,
fixtures) Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly
Carpet deep cleaning / hot water
extraction
Per
manufacturer's
recommended
maintenance
Per
manufacturer's
recommended
maintenance
Per
manufacturer's
recommended
maintenance

3.3 Lobbies, Public Corridors & Common Areas

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
Sweep / dust mop lobby & corridor
floors
Multiple times
per shift Once per shift Once daily
High-traffic — Tier
1 reflects peak
public hours
Damp mop hard surface floors Once per shift Once per shift Once per shift Terrazzo floor maintenance Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol Refer to Exhibit A
Clean & disinfect all entrance doors &
partition glass Once per shift Once per shift Once per shift Remove
fingerprints and
smudges
Clean & disinfect security checkpoint
surfaces Once daily Once daily Once daily
Empty lobby waste receptacles &
replace liners Daily Daily Daily
Clean & disinfect elevator floors,
buttons, handrails Daily Daily Daily
Sweep & disinfect stairwell steps,
landings, handrails Daily Daily 3x / week
Clean & polish stainless steel fixtures
& hardware Daily Daily Daily
Clean walk-off mats and entry rugs Once per shift Once per shift Once per shift Sweep exterior entry steps & adjacent
sidewalks Bi-weekly Bi-weekly Bi-weekly

3.4 Conference & Briefing Rooms

300
Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
Empty waste receptacles & replace
liners Once per shift Once per shift Once per shift
Clean & disinfect tables, chairs, high-
touch surfaces Weekly Weekly Weekly EPA-registered
disinfectant
Vacuum carpet or sweep/mop hard
floors Daily Daily 3x / week
Spot clean doors, glass walls,
partitions As Needed As Needed As Needed
Return furniture to standard
configuration As Needed As Needed As Needed

3.5 Gym / Fitness Area

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
Empty waste receptacles Daily Daily Daily
Wipe down & disinfect all exercise
equipment 3x week 3x / week 2x / week
Use disinfectant
safe for equipment
materials
Sweep & mop all floors Daily Daily Daily
Clean mirrors Daily Daily Daily

3.6 Holding Cells, Booking Area & Sally Port

These spaces are governed by the City Jail Facility Requirements (Section 4). All Section 4 standards apply at all tiers without reduction. No tier differentiation is permitted in this section.

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
Sweep & mop all cell and booking
floors with germicidal solution Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers Per jail schedule — see Section 4
Spray & wipe all walls, surfaces, cell
fixtures with bloodborne-pathogen-
effective disinfectant
Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers
Clean & disinfect all lavatories, toilets,
sinks Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers
Empty all waste receptacles Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers 301
Biohazard / bodily fluid response Non-negotiable — Required across ALL Tiers On-call; see Section 5
Floor waxing / treatment or deep
cleaning Semi-annually — required at all tiers

3.7 Periodic & Specialized Services

Space / Task Tier 1 Full
Service
Tier 2
Standard
Service
Tier 3
Managed
Service
Notes
VCT tile stripping and waxing Quarterly Semi-annually Semi-annually Rubber tile (RFT) maintenance Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol Refer to Exhibit A
Polished concrete maintenance Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol
Per mfr.
protocol Refer to Exhibit A
Interior window cleaning Quarterly Semi-annually Annually Restroom & shower deep scrub (de-
scaling, grout) Quarterly Semi-annually Semi-annually
High dusting — building-wide Quarterly Semi-annually Annually Upholstery vacuuming (lobby /
common area) Quarterly Semi-annually Annually
Entry mat deep cleaning Monthly Quarterly Semi-annually Exterior window washing Semi-annually Semi-annually Semi-annually Interior stairwell machine scrub / deep
clean (steps, landings, railings) Quarterly Semi-annually Semi-annually

3.8 Cleaning Task Definitions & Acceptance Standards
The following task definitions and acceptance standards apply to all cleaning tasks in this Work Plan, at all tiers and in all areas of the facility, and establish the criteria against which the City will assess task completion during inspections under Section 9.2 and the deficiency classifications of Section 9.3. These standards supplement — and do not replace — the manufacturer maintenance protocols referenced in Exhibit A; where a manufacturer protocol imposes a more stringent requirement, the more stringent requirement governs. Any item moved to perform a task must be returned to its original location upon completion of the task.

TASK DEFINITION AND ACCEPTANCE STANDARD
Sweeping / Dust Mopping Removal of loose dirt, dust, and debris from hard floors by manual or mechanized means. Standard: Floor is free of loose dirt, grit, lint, dust, and debris, with no buildup in corners, crevices, or under and around furniture and fixtures.

Damp Mopping Use of a properly wrung mop to remove light soil, liquids, or spills not requiring wet mopping. Standard: Floor is free of dirt, debris, liquids, and foreign material; 302

TASK DEFINITION AND ACCEPTANCE STANDARD
splash marks and water spots are removed from adjacent baseboards, furniture, and fixtures.

Wet Mopping Removal of built-up dirt, soil, or liquids using a clean, mechanically wrung mop and approved solution. Standard: Floor presents a uniform appearance free of dirt, streaks, smudges, and scuff marks reasonably removable by this method, with no solution residue on walls, baseboards, or furniture.

Machine Scrubbing Use of a mechanized scrubber on large hard-floor areas as a more aggressive alternative to wet mopping. Standard: Same acceptance standard as wet mopping, plus removal of surface-level scuff marks.

Stripping & Waxing (VCT) Complete removal of existing floor finish and reapplication per the manufacturer protocol in Exhibit A. Standard: Finish presents a uniform gloss with no discoloration, streaking, or finish buildup at edges; baseboards are free of splash and finish residue.

Burnishing / Buffing Use of a rotary floor machine with an appropriate pad on resilient flooring.

Standard: Floor presents a uniform, high-gloss, clean appearance free of scuffs and heel marks.

Vacuuming Mechanical removal of dust, dirt, and debris from carpet, mats, and upholstery using HEPA-filter equipment (Section 6.2). Standard: Surface is free of dust, dirt, and loose material and left in a lint-free condition; edges and corners are vacuumed with an edging tool as needed.

Carpet Spot Cleaning Prompt removal of spots and stains from carpeted areas using an approved carpet cleaning solution. Standard: No residual stain, ring, or discoloration remains; the affected area is returned to its pre-soiled appearance. Unremovable stains are reported per Section 3.2.

Carpet Extraction / Deep
Cleaning
Hot-water extraction or equivalent deep cleaning performed per the carpet manufacturer's maintenance guide referenced in Exhibit A. Standard: Carpet is uniformly clean and free of embedded soil and detergent residue, with manufacturer moisture and dry-time requirements observed.

Dusting (Low / High) Low dusting covers surfaces at or below 7 feet; high dusting covers surfaces above 7 feet (vents, grilles, fixtures). Devices must capture and remove dust, not displace it. Standard: Surfaces are free of dust, cobwebs, streaks, and smudges.

Disinfection Application of an EPA-registered disinfectant meeting Section 6.3 standards, used per the manufacturer's label. Standard: Disinfectant is applied per label directions, including required contact (dwell) time; surfaces are visibly clean and free of soil film.

Glass & Mirror Cleaning Cleaning of interior glass, partition glass, and mirrors with an approved glass cleaner. Standard: Surfaces are streak-free, smudge-free, and fingerprint-free with a uniformly bright appearance; no residue remains on frames, trim, or sills.

Stainless Steel, Chrome &
Metal Polishing
Cleaning and polishing of metal fixtures and hardware with an appropriate product. Standard: Surfaces present a clean, uniform shine free of soil, marks, smudges, streaks, and water spots.
303

TASK DEFINITION AND ACCEPTANCE STANDARD
Restroom & Locker Room
Fixtures
Cleaning and disinfection of toilets, urinals, sinks, faucets, partitions, and dispensers. Standard: Fixtures are free of soil, scale, stains, smudges, and odors; porcelain and metal surfaces present a clean, shiny appearance. Graffiti is removed where possible or reported to the City's Project Manager if un- removable.

Shower Cleaning Removal of soap scum, mineral deposits, mold, and mildew from all shower surfaces, including tile, grout, doors, and fixtures, using an approved disinfectant.

Standard: Surfaces are free of soap scum, deposits, mold, mildew, and odors; tile presents a clean, glossy appearance.

Dispenser Servicing Cleaning, disinfection, and restocking of all soap, paper, tissue, and seat-cover dispensers with contractor-furnished consumables (Section 6.1). Standard:

Dispensers are clean and free of smudges and residue, and stocked to reliably dispense product. Inoperable dispensers are reported to the City's Project Manager within the same shift.

Trash & Recycling Receptacle
Servicing
Emptying receptacles, replacing liners, and wiping or disinfecting containers.

Standard: Receptacle interior and exterior are free of stains, debris, and odors, with a correctly sized liner installed.

Policing Pickup of litter, spillages, and improperly discarded materials between scheduled cleanings. Standard: Area is free of visible litter and debris and presents an overall neat, clean appearance.

Walk-Off Mats & Entry Rugs Vacuuming and cleaning of mat surfaces, with mats lifted to clean the flooring beneath. Standard: Mats are free of embedded soil and debris; flooring beneath is clean and dry.

Elevator Cleaning Cleaning and disinfection of cab floors, walls, doors, door tracks, buttons, and handrails. Standard: High-touch surfaces are disinfected; door tracks are free of debris; stainless surfaces meet the metal polishing standard.

Stairwell Cleaning Cleaning of steps, landings, railings, ledges, and stairwell doors per Section 3.3.

Standard: Surfaces are free of dirt, debris, and spills; handrails are disinfected; no soil buildup remains at step edges, corners, or landings.

Wall & Door Spot Cleaning Removal of fingerprints, scuffs, and marks from walls, doors, frames, kick plates, and switch plates. Standard: Surfaces are free of removable marks, with no damage to paint or finish.

Drinking Fountains Cleaning and disinfection of basins, bubblers, and push plates. Standard: Fixtures are free of water spots, stains, smudges, and mineral buildup, and polished per the metal standard.

Biohazard / Bodily Fluid
Cleanup
Containment, cleaning, disinfection, and disposal performed per OSHA’s Bloodborne Pathogens Standard (29 CFR 1910.1030) and Cal/OSHA 8 CCR 5193, using required PPE and approved disinfectants. Standard: Contaminated materials are contained and disposed of per regulation; the area is cleaned, disinfected, and returned to a safe, usable condition.

304

305
SECTION 4 — CITY JAIL FACILITY REQUIREMENTS

The City Jail Facility is located within the Public Safety Building and operates under standards that supersede the general tier framework. These requirements apply identically across Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier

3. The contractor must assign a consistent, dedicated crew to this area for security continuity purposes.

Requirement Standard — Applies at All Tiers
Weekday Cleaning Frequency Twice per day — at approximately 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. City is flexible on specific times.

Weekend Cleaning Frequency Once per day — at approximately 9:00 a.m. City is flexible on specific time.

Wall, Floor & Lavatories
Disinfection
Sweep & mop all cell and booking floors with germicidal solution. Clean & disinfect all lavatories, toilets, and sinks. Empty all waste receptacles. All walls must be sprayed and wiped down with an EPA-registered disinfectant effective against HIV, Hepatitis C, and bloodborne pathogens at every cleaning visit.

Booking Areas & Breakrooms Cleaning and wiping down of intake desks and breakrooms Hazmat / Bodily Fluid Response
Contractor must respond to bodily fluid and waste cleanup incidents at any time of day or night. Response time requirements are specified in Section

5. Floor Waxing / Treatment or Deep
Cleaning Semi-annually (every six months).

Crew Consistency The same crew or individual must be assigned to the jail facility at all times to avoid repeated security clearances.

Cleaning Product Flexibility
The City reserves the right to require alternative products at any time.

Contractor must be prepared to accommodate. Currently approved products can be shared upon request.
24/7 Supervisory Contact
A supervisory contact reachable 24/7 is required. First point of contact for after-hours issues is the on-duty shift Lead; escalate to the Contractor Project Manager as needed.

306
SECTION 5 — ON-CALL & EMERGENCY SERVICES

On-call services are separate from and in addition to regularly scheduled custodial shifts. These requirements apply at all three service tiers without reduction. Proposers must provide separate pricing for each on -call category as standalone line items in the Cost Proposal (Exhibit C) or t he proposal will be deemed as non - responsive.

5.1 After-Hours On-Call Custodial Service

Covers non-emergency, unscheduled custodial needs arising outside of regular scheduled shifts. Standard custodial personnel, standard materials, and an hourly rate per custodian deployed. Priced as an hourly rate per custodian as a standalone line item in Exhibit C.

5.2 After-Hours On-Call Biohazard / Hazmat Response

Covers response to bodily fluid incidents, bloodborne pathogen exposure events, and biohazard cond itions anywhere in the facility — not limited to the jail or booking area. Contractor must supply all biohazard kits, Cal/OSHA-compliant PPE, and proper hazardous waste disposal. Personnel must hold current OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens Standard (29 CFR 1910.1030) training. Priced as an itemized per-incident response rate as a standalone line item in Exhibit C.

5.3 Response Time Standards — All Tiers

Milestone Requirement Standard
30 Minutes Acknowledgment & ETA
Contractor must acknowledge the call and
provide a confirmed ETA to the City's
designated contact within 30 minutes of
initial notification.
60 Minutes On-Site Response
Contractor must be on-site and actively
responding within 60 minutes of initial
notification.

5.4 Restricted Area On-Call / Special Request Services

Cleaning of Highest Restriction areas (Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence, IT/Network Closets, IT Server Rooms) occurs on an as-needed, coordinated basis only — not as part of any scheduled tier. Requirements:

• Sworn officer or civilian escort required at all times — no unescorted access under any circumstances
• Scheduling must be coordinated with PD and City's Project Manager in advance • Contractor must provide hourly pricing for each restricted area as individual line items in Exhibit C (Cost Proposal)
• No aerosol, VOC-heavy, or strongly scented products may be used in IT/Server/Evidence areas

307
SECTION 6 — SUPPLIES, EQUIPMENT & CLEANING MATERIALS

6.1 Contractor Furnished Consumable Supplies

The Contractor furnishes all consumable restroom and breakroom supplies at all service tiers, including at minimum: roll and multi-fold paper towels, liquid and foam hand soap, toilet paper, toilet seat covers, sanitary receptacle liners, and all trash and recycling line rs. All consumable products must be compatible with the dispenser systems installed at the facility and are subject to City pre-approval. The City reserves the right to reject any consumable product that does not meet reasonable quality expectations or tha t damages or is incompatible with installed dispensers.

Contractor must maintain adequate on -site inventory of all consumables at all times and restock all dispensers at each cleaning per Section 1.2. Failure to keep dispensers stocked is a deficiency subj ect to classification and correction under Section 9.3.

All consumable supply costs must be included in the monthly tier pricing submitted in Exhibit C (Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule). Consumables are not separately reimbursable, and no pass -through or supplemental billing for consumable supplies is permitted.

NOTE: Consumable product substitutions after contract commencement require prior written approval from the City's Project Manager.

6.2 Contractor Furnished Equipment & Chemicals
Contractor provides all cleaning equipment, tools, and chemicals required at all tiers. Contractor personnel have access to designated custodial closets for secure on-site storage. Equipment must be appropriate for all floor types in the facility (VCT, terrazzo, RFT, polished concrete — refer to Exhibit A).

Required contractor-furnished items include, at minimum: mops, mop buckets, brooms, dust mops, HEPA - filter vacuums for all areas, auto-scrubbers and floor buffers appropriate to each floor type, microfiber cloths and scrub pads, all approved cleaning chemicals and disinfectants, biohazard response kits and PPE, and properly labeled secondary containers per Cal/OSHA Hazard Communication Standard (8 CCR 5194; 29 CFR 1910.1200).

6.3 Chemical Product Standards

1. All disinfectants for high-touch surfaces and detention/booking/jail areas must be EPA-registered and effective against viral and bacterial pathogens including HIV and Hepatitis C.

2. Aerosol air fresheners, strongly scented products, and high-VOC cleaning agents are prohibited in evidence storage, property rooms, and IT/server room areas.

3. All cleaning materials and supplies are subject to City approval. The City reserves the right to prohibit use of any product at any time during the contract term.

Chemical Pre-Approval Requirement
Prior to contract commencement, Contractor must submit a complete Chemical Product List identifying each product by name, manufacturer, intended use, and applicable facility area. A current Safety Data Sheet (SDS) must be maintained on file for each product and posted in each custodial closet per Cal/OSHA 8 CCR 5194; 29 CFR 1910.1200. Any mid-contract product substitution requires prior written authorization from the City's Project Manager.

SECTION 7 — SECURITY & ACCESS PROTOCOLS
308

The Public Safety Building is a sworn law enforcement facility operating under Police Department jurisdiction. All security requirements in this section apply identically across all service tiers and are not subject to any reduction based on tier selection. The full Safety Standards & Protocols document is incorporated as Exhibit B to this RFP and may be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab.

7.1 Personnel Vetting Requirements

Requirement Standard
Background Check
Comprehensive national criminal history check administered by a GGPD- approved third-party vendor. All fees are the contractor's sole responsibility regardless of outcome.

Disqualifying Offenses
See Exhibit B, Section 1. Automatic disqualifications include: felony convictions, sex offense convictions, high-grade misdemeanors, misdemeanor theft, dishonorable military discharge, DUI/reckless driving within past 7 years, habitual illegal drug use.

CJIS Security Awareness
Training
Required before first day of service. Proof of completion submitted to City Project Manager.

Employment Verification 5-year lookback on prior employment history.

Form I-9 / Work Authorization USCIS Form I-9 required for every employee.

TB Testing Annual tuberculosis test; written proof submitted to City Contract Manager.

Drug Screening Pre-employment and reasonable-suspicion testing required.

Timing
Once at hire and for any new employee added mid-contract. No annual re- verification required. GGPD will be automatically notified if a contractor employee is arrested during the contract term.

7.2 Access Zone Classifications

Zone Areas Included Custodial Protocol
Unrestricted —
Unaccompanied Access
Lobbies, public corridors, common
areas, break rooms,
conference/briefing rooms, open office
areas, restrooms, locker rooms,
records area, dispatch area, parking
garage
Regular cleaning per approved
Contractor Work Plan; no escort
required
Highest Restriction —
Escorted Access Only
Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence,
IT/Network Closets, IT Server Rooms,
Jail/Booking Area
Sworn officer or civilian escort required
at all times. As-needed basis only.

Advanced scheduling required. For
Jail/Booking Area cleaning
requirements, refer to Section 3.6
(above).

7.3 Key Card, Uniform & General Security Conduct
309

The following requirements apply to all contractor personnel at all tiers:

• Keycards are programmed to each employee's authorized zones only; keycards may not be duplicated or shared
• Lost or missing keycards must be reported immediately; reprogramming costs are the contractor's sole responsibility
• Electronic access records are subject to GGPD audit at any time without prior notice • All contractor employees must wear a company-logo uniform approved in writing by PD prior to contract start
• Company-issued photo ID badge must be displayed at all times while on City property • All doors must remain locked at all times; propping doors open is prohibited • Contractor employees must enter and exit only through designated access points • All contractor personnel must sign the Confidentiality Agreement (Exhibit E) before first day of service

310
SECTION 8 — PARKING STRUCTURE SERVICES

The parking structure is included in this contract scope and is priced as a standalone section i n Exhibit C (Cost Proposal). Proposers must verify parking structure dimensions during the Mandatory Facility Tour and are responsible for their own field measurements. Parking structure services are not tiered — the minimum requirements below apply regardless of which tier is awarded for the building interior. The use of porter(s) is acceptable for this service.

Parking Structure Overview

Attribute Detail
Total Square Footage 129,400 sq. ft. (gross)
Number of Floors 4 stories
Anticipated Opening July 2026
Primary Users Public safety personnel and City staff
Elevators 1 confirmed passenger elevator
Stairwells 2 confirmed stairwells
Restrooms None — not included in building program
Lobby / Interior Spaces None — parking decks, stairwells, and elevator only

Task Frequency Applies To Notes
Power sweeping of all driving lanes and
parking areas Weekly All levels
Emptying of all trash receptacles and
changing out trash liners As Needed All levels
Spot litter pickup and debris removal As Needed All levels Clean stairwells within parking structure Weekly All stairwells Clean elevator cab, doors, call buttons, and
handrails Weekly Passenger elevator
Pressure wash driving lanes and stairwells
(quarterly deep clean) Quarterly All levels Proposer to describe method in Work Plan
Inspect and report drainage issues or
standing water As Needed All levels Report to City PM in writing

Proposers must include the following as separate standalone line items in Exhibit C (Cost Proposal): (1) monthly cost for weekly power sweeping; (2) monthly cost for custodian/porter service, including proposed daily hours; (3) per-event cost for quarterly deep cleaning.

311
SECTION 9 — QUALITY CONTROL
The City's Public Works Custodial Supervisor will conduct formal performance assessments. Evaluation results will inform contract renewal decisions, scope adjustments, and any tier upgrade or downgrade requests. Contractor performance will be assessed against the tier in effect at the time of each inspection — not against a higher tier. All performance standards referenced in this section are further defined in Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary). Deficiencies are assessed against the cleaning task definitions and acceptance standards in Section 3.8 and the minimum frequencies of Section 3 for the tier in effect.

9.1 Contractor Quality Control Program
Contractor must submit a Quality Control Program (QCP) for each tier as part of their Proposal. The QCP must describe: (1) how the Lead Custodian will verify task completion each shift; (2) how the Contractor Project Manager will conduct internal checks; (3) how the contractor will self-identify and correct deficiencies before City inspection; (4) the recordkeeping system for completed tasks, incidents, and corrective actions; and (5) the communication protocol for reporting problems to the City's Project Manager.

9.2 City Inspection Schedule

Type Description Frequency
Formal Shift Inspection
City Supervisor reviews completed tasks against the
approved Work Plan for the contracted tier. Documents
findings using the standardized inspection checklist
from Exhibit I. Includes Lead Custodian sign-off. May be announced or unannounced.
1–3 times per week, or as-
needed by City
Monthly Scored Audit
Comprehensive scored inspection covering all space
types and service categories. Results compiled into a
Monthly Performance Report shared with Police
Department and City management. Contractor Project
Manager will be invited to attend.

Once per month

9.3 Deficiency Classification & Corrective Action Timeframes

Classification Definition & Examples Required Correction MINOR
Routine task not completed per schedule.

Examples: missed trash liner, surface not
wiped, supply not restocked, missed
vacuuming in an office area.

Corrected within 24 hours of written
notification

SIGNIFICANT
Failure to meet required standards in a priority
space, or 3+ recurring minor deficiencies of the
same type within any 30-day period.

Examples: restroom not cleaned per minimum
frequency, locker room floors not mopped,
dispatch kitchenette uncleaned.

Corrected within 4 hours of written
notification

EMERGENCY /

BIOHAZARD
Any condition presenting an immediate health,
safety, or biohazard risk. Examples: bodily fluid
left uncontained, biohazard material not
cleaned following an incident, sewage backup
not reported.

On-call response: 30-min
acknowledgment / 60-min on-site
(Section 5.3)

312

9.4 Consequences of Non-Performance

1. Written Contract Discrepancy Report (CDR) issued to the Contractor's Project Manager

2. Withholding or pro-rata deduction from monthly payment for work not performed or deficiencies not corrected within required timeframes

3. Immediate removal and replacement of any contractor employee whose conduct or performance is unsatisfactory

4. Contract termination in the event of repeated material non-performance

9.5 Daily Shift Completion Logs

Contractor must maintain a shift completion log for every shift at the PSB, signed by the on -duty Lead Custodian (weekdays) or on-duty custodian (weekends), and made available to the City's Project Manager upon request. Each log must record: date and shift, names of all personnel on duty, areas serviced and tasks completed, incidents or damage reported, and any areas deferr ed with the reason stated. The Daily Shift Completion Log can be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab.

313
SECTION 10 — CONTRACTOR WORK PLAN: REQUIRED PROPOSAL

CONTENT

Each proposer must submit a Contractor Work Plan as part of their Proposal. The Work Plan is a critical evaluation element and is scored as part of the proposal evaluation process. Proposals that do not include a complete Work Plan addressing all items below will be deemed non-responsive.

IMPORTANT: The Contractor Work Plan must address all seven sections below for each of the three service tiers. A single Work Plan covering only one or two tiers is insufficient and will render the proposal non-responsive. The Work Plan must be submitted in conjunction with the required forms listed under each subsection below.

10.1 Staffing Plan — Exhibit H Required

Complete and submit Exhibit H (Proposed Staffing Plan) for each tier. This document can be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab. The staffing plan must include:

• Proposed shift schedule with start and end times for each shift — weekday and weekend — at each tier
• Total custodians and porters proposed per shift, per tier • Names and qualifications of proposed Lead Custodians and Contractor Project Manager • Crew size justification
• Substitute coverage plan for unplanned absences

10.2 Tiered Pricing — Exhibit C Required

Complete and submit Exhibit C (Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule) for all three tiers. This document can be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab. Exhibit C must include:

• Fully priced monthly cost for Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3 base services • Separate line items for on-call custodial services (hourly rate) • Separate line items for on-call biohazard / hazmat response (per-incident rate) • Separate line items for restricted area special request services (hourly rate per area) • Separate line items for parking structure services (sweeping, porter service, quarterly deep clean) • Confirmation that all consumable supply costs (Section 6.1) are included in the monthly tier pricing for each tier — no separate consumables line item or pass-through billing is permitted

10.3 Cleaning Plan by Zone and Tier
The Work Plan narrative must describe:
• Detailed cleaning tasks, methods, and frequencies for each space type at each tier, consistent with Section 3
• Explicit identification of which spaces and tasks are covered in scheduled shifts versus on-call / special request services, per tier
• Floor care methods for each floor type present (VCT, terrazzo, RFT, polished concrete) — reference Exhibit A
314

10.4 Security & Background Compliance Plan — Exhibit E Required

The Work Plan must describe the contractor's vetting and compliance approach. All contractor employees must execute Exhibit E (Contractor Employee Acknowledgement / Confidentiality Agreement) before their first day of service. The compliance plan must include:
• Name of proposed third-party background check vendor (subject to GGPD pre-approval) • Proposed timeline for completing all pre-employment vetting before contract start date • Description of the contractor's CJIS Security Awareness Training program or training vendor

10.5 Chemical Product List

Submit a preliminary Chemical Product List identifying each product by name, manufacturer, intended use, and applicable area. The final Chemical Product List is subject to City approval prior to contra ct commencement.

10.6 On-Call Response Plan

The Work Plan must describe:
• How the contractor will fulfill on-call custodial service requirements at all tiers (see Section 5.1) • Biohazard/hazmat response capability: biohazard kit contents, staff training records, waste disposal procedures (see Section 5.2)
• On-call notification contact protocol (who, how, what number — 24/7)

10.7 Qualifications, Experience & Quality Control — Exhibit G Required

Complete and submit Exhibit G (Proposer References — Qualifications Form). This document can be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab. The qualifications submission must demonstrate:

• A minimum of five (5) years of continuous or cumulative experience, within the last seven (7) years, providing custodial services in a public safety facility (active law enforcement, correctional, detention, or similarly security-sensitive governmental facility operating 24/7) • A minimum of three (3) completed reference contracts in Exhibit G, each identifying: client agency name and contact; facility type and address; contract term; approximate gross square footage serviced; and scope of services including any security protocols or restricted-area access requirements
• Proof of active California Janitorial Contractor Registration with the California Labor Commissioner pursuant to the Property Service Workers Protection Act (California Labor Code §1420 et seq.) • Proposer may not use subcontractor experience to satisfy the public safety facility experience requirement

The Quality Control Program (QCP) must be included in the Work Plan per Section 9.1, described separately for each tier.

IMPORTANT NOTICES TO PROPOSERS

315
Facility Specification Sheet (Exhibit A)

Exhibit A is may be found on the City’s PlanetBids portal under the “Documents” tab and contains confirmed facility data including room inventory, square footage by area, floor types, and manufacturer -required maintenance protocols for each floor type. Proposers must review Exhibit A in full and base all three tier Work Plans and cost estimates on the data contained therein. Proposers are responsible for verifying all field conditions during the Mandatory Facility Tour.

Mandatory Facility Tour

Attendance at the Mandatory Facility Tour is required. Proposers must bring their own PPE: hard hat, safety vest, safety goggles, gloves, and closed-toe shoes. Proposers are encouraged to bring measuring equipment and representatives with direct operational knowledge of custodial work in public safety facilities. A cap on the number of attendees per proposer will be communicated with tour scheduling. Please see additional requirements and information regarding the facility tours on Pages 3-5 of this RFP document.

Questions & Addenda

All questions regarding this Janitorial Work Plan must be submitted in writing through the City’s PlanetBids Q&A portal no later than the written questions deadline specified in the RFP. Responses will be issued via the Q&A portal or via a formal addendum. No oral interpretations will be provided or considered binding.

Required Documents-Must be Included in Proposal Package

The following required documents must be completed and submitted in the proposal package along with all other requirements listed in t his Janitorial Work Plan. Failure to include all required documents that are properly executed may deem the proposal as non-responsive at the discretion of the City.

1. Pages 11-12: Proposal Letter

2. Page 13: Bidder/Contractor Statement

3. Page 14: Statement of Compliance

4. Page 15: Non Collusion Statement

5. Exhibit B - Safety Standards & Protocols

6. Exhibit C -Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule

7. Exhibit G -Proposer References & Qualifications Form

8. Exhibit H -Proposed Staffing Plan

316
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Custom janitorial
solutions for the City
of Garden Grove’s
New Public Safety
Building
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
1 317
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
2 Table of Contents
PageSection
3Minimum Responsiveness Requirements
4Criterion A: Work Plan, Safety & Security Protocols
45Criterion B: Qualifications & Demonstrated Public Safety Facility Experience
59Criterion C: Cost Proposal
61Criterion D: Completeness of Response & References
63Required Forms: Proposal Letter, Insurance, Compliance, Non-Collusion 67Exhibits B, C, E, G and H
72Safety Data Sheets
318
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
3 Minimum Responsiveness
Requirement
Completion Status Item
Complete — submitted
via PlanetBids
Timely electronic submittal of the complete proposal through the City's PlanetBids portal by the date and time stated in the RFP.

Complete — attended;
signed in
Attendance at the mandatory facility tour as documented on the City's tour sign-in record.

Complete — all three
tiers priced
Complete Exhibit C (Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule), including firm Year 1 pricing for all three service tiers (Tier 1, Tier 2, and Tier 3) and every required line item in Exhibit C Parts 3 and 4. A proposal that omits pricing for any tier or leaves any required line item blank is non- responsive per Exhibit C.

Complete — 60+
months documented
Complete Exhibit G (Proposer References and Qualifications Form), demonstrating not less than sixty (60) cumulative months of experience providing custodial services to public safety, law enforcement, detention, courthouse, or comparable secure government facilities, and a signed Part 5 certification.

Complete — active
registration
Active DIR Janitorial Contractor Registration (Labor Code §1420 et seq.) for the Proposer, verified against the California DIR public registry, and for each designated subcontractor performing janitorial services.

Complete — all three
tiers
Complete Exhibit H (Proposed Staffing Plan) addressing all three service tiers.

Complete — entity-
level signed
Signed Exhibit E acknowledgements at the entity level, with the individual employee and non-employee agreements to be executed as required prior to facility access.

Complete — all forms
signed
All other forms and certifications identified in the RFP's proposal contents checklist, completed, signed, and dated by an authorized officer of the Proposer.
319
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Work Plan
4 Proposal for
Janitorial Services
320
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
5 CCS Facility Services provides janitorial services to over 1,500 local government facilities, and as such we bring a unique perspective to understanding scopes of service. We have thoroughly read and understand the Janitorial Work Plan. At the core of this program, the City of Garden Grove is looking for a trusted, competent, experienced, and contractually compliant partner to provide comprehensive janitorial, day porter, and periodic cleaning services to the new Public Safety Building. These services are tiered by service level need, and are specified by hours / full time employees.

The facility we are pricing
• Roughly 81,052 cleanable square feet across a building that never closes: 29 restrooms including two locker rooms with showers, dispatch, records, detention and holding, evidence, IT and server rooms, interview rooms, public lobby, offices, break areas, and the parking structure. • Every area count, square footage, floor type, and manufacturer-required protocol in our plan comes from Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet), confirmed against what we measured on the mandatory facility tour.

What does not change, whichever tier the City selects
• The non-negotiable minimums hold at all three tiers: restrooms cleaned and disinfected twice daily, 365 days a year; dispensers restocked and sanitary receptacles emptied every shift from Contractor-furnished supplies; locker rooms, records, dispatch, and break areas serviced at their mandated frequency.
• Security posture does not scale down either. Cleared and badged personnel only, escorted cleaning in the highest-restriction areas, no unescorted access under any circumstances, and no aerosol or strongly scented products in IT, server, or evidence areas.

What differs between the tiers
• Tier 1 Full Service, Tier 2 Standard Service, and Tier 3 Managed Service are priced as three complete work plans, not one plan with items removed. Crew size, shift structure, and the frequency of discretionary tasks step down; the mandated floor, the inspection discipline, and the on-call response capability do not.

How we will be measured
• We accept Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary) as the standard of performance, including the Part 4 deductions and liquidated damages, and we inspect against those same acceptance standards ourselves.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Understanding of the Scope of Services: a detailed, facility-specific approach to executing the Janitorial Work Plan across all three service tiers, referencing the areas, frequencies, and standards in Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet).
321
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
6 Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Understanding of the Scope of Services: a detailed, facility-specific approach to executing the Janitorial Work Plan across all three service tiers, referencing the areas, frequencies, and standards in Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet).

Tier 3 — Managed
Service
Tier 2 — Standard
ServiceTier 1 — Full ServiceWeekday (Mon–Fri)
222AM Shift: Number of custodians
111AM Shift: Number of porters
-11Bridge Shift: Number of porters
223PM Shift: Number of custodians
111PM Shift: Number of porters
Tier 3 — Managed
Service
Tier 2 — Standard
ServiceTier 1 — Full ServiceWeekend (Sat–Sun)
112AM Shift: Number of custodians
121AM Shift: Number of porters
112PM Shift: Number of custodians
121PM Shift: Number of porters
Tier 3 — Managed
Service
Tier 2 — Standard
ServiceTier 1 — Full ServiceTotal Proposed On-Site Labor Hours
240280320Weekday hours per week (all
shifts, all personnel)
649696Weekend hours per week (all
shifts, all personnel)
304376416TOTAL HOURS PER WEEK
Exhibit A defines the building we priced: a three-sto ry, 103,181 gross square fo ot police and detention facility at 11201 Acacia Parkway, operating 24 hours a day, 7 days a week with roughly 280 staff on site daily. After 8,211 sq ft of non-assignable space and 13,918 sq ft of non-cleanable space, 81,052 effective cleanable sq ft drives our staffing and pricing — 42,685 sq ft of offices and workstations, 18,296 sq ft of corridors, lobbies and public areas, 11,576 sq ft of security-constrained specialized areas, 6,025 sq ft of locker rooms and 2,470 sq ft of restrooms, covering 29 restrooms, 36 toilets, 12 showers and 37 lavatories across three levels. Six floor types each carry their own protocol: carpet (37,454 sq ft, extraction), VCT (28,462 sq ft, strip, wax and buff), s ealed concrete (8,242 sq ft), ceramic tile (3,164 sq ft), terrazzo (1,616 sq ft) and rubber gym flooring (1,903 sq ft) — terrazzo and rubber maintained by the manufacturer-specified method with the specialized equipment Exhibit A calls for. 322
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
7 CCS Facility Services (“CCS”) has reviewed Exhibit A (Facility Specification Sheet) in detail and has built its Janitorial Work Plan approach directly from the Public Safety Building's (PSB) actual space inventory, floor substrates, and fixture counts — not a generic janitorial template. The PSB is a 103,181 GSF, three-story police and detention facility with 81,052 SF of effective cleanable space, operating 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, with approximately 280 staff in the building daily. The following describes CCS's facility-specific approach to executing the Work Plan across all three service tiers.

1. Approach by APPA Space Classification
CCS's cleaning program is built around the five APPA classifications identified in Exhibit A, Section 2, with service intensity scaled to each classification's traffic, sensitivity, and cleanability profile:

Office Space – Standard (42,685 SF, 41% of the building): Administrative offices, workstations, and cubicle areas receive daily trash removal, surface dusting, and vacuuming/floor care per the tier's frequency schedule, with weekly detail work (edging, baseboards, high-dusting) layered in under Tier 1 and Tier 2.

Circulation / Public – Standard-High (18,296 SF, 18%): Lobbies, public corridors, and common areas carry elevated priority given constant public and staff traffic. CCS will run high-touch surface disinfection on door handles, elevator call buttons and cabs (3 elevators), stair rails (3 stairwells), and the Main Lobby's terrazzo entry on an increased frequency relative to office space, consistent with the “priority” designation these areas carry in the Work Plan's inspection standards.

Specialized / Institutional – High (11,576 SF, 11% — Holding Cells, Booking, Evidence, Armory, Gym, Sally Port): These security-constrained areas are cleaned exclusively under the escorted- access protocol described in CCS's Exhibit B response — sworn officer or authorized civilian escort, advance scheduling, and only pre-cleared, designated staff. The Armory (436 SF) and Property & Evidence (2,662 SF net) receive product-restricted cleaning (no aerosol, high-VOC, or scented products) to avoid contaminating evidence or sensitive equipment; the Gym's rubber flooring and the Sally Port's sealed concrete are maintained under their manufacturer-specified protocols described below.

Locker Rooms – Very High (6,025 SF, 2 full locker rooms with showers): Very-high-frequency service reflecting shower/humidity exposure, including daily disinfection of the 12 showers and ceramic tile floor care to prevent mold and slip hazards.

Restrooms – Very High (2,470 SF across 29 restrooms; 36 toilets, 7 detention lavatories, 7 urinals, 37 lavatory sinks, 12 showers): Restrooms are treated as a priority category per Work Plan §3.1 at every tier, with the 7 detention-area waterclosets serviced under the same escorted protocol as other Specialized/Institutional areas when located within a Highest Restriction zone.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Cleaning plan by zone and tier (Work Plan Section 10.3): tasks, methods, and frequencies for each space type at each tier, what is scheduled versus on-call, and floor care by floor type. 323
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
8 2. Floor Care Program by Substrate
Exhibit A, Section 6 identifies six distinct floor substrates across the PSB, each requiring a different maintenance method; CCS's Work Plan addresses each individually rather than applying a single floor-care approach building-wide:

Terrazzo (1,616 SF, Main Lobby/Entry): Manufacturer-specified maintenance protocol using specialized equipment (no stripping chemicals that would etch the surface), reflecting this area's high public visibility.

Vinyl Composition Tile (28,462 SF, offices/corridors): Scheduled stripping, waxing, and buffing program to maintain finish and slip resistance across the building's largest single floor category.

Ceramic Tile (3,164 SF, restrooms/locker rooms): Grout-safe cleaning and disinfection methods matched to the very-high-frequency service level these spaces require.

Carpet (37,454 SF, administrative areas): Scheduled extraction shampooing in addition to routine vacuuming, sequenced to minimize disruption to occupied office areas.

Sealed Concrete (8,242 SF, parking/utility, excluding exterior Sallyport): Maintained under the parking structure service program (see Exhibit C, Part 3), separate from interior building service.

Rubber/Gym Flooring (1,903 SF, Specialized/Institutional – High): Manufacturer-specified maintenance protocol and equipment, consistent with this area's Highest Restriction/escorted- access status where applicable.

3. Building-Specific Service Considerations
CCS's Work Plan accounts for the PSB's physical scale and configuration as documented in Exhibit A, Section 3: three floors, three stairwells, and three elevators requiring coordinated vertical- transport cleaning; 1,946 light fixtures inventoried for periodic cleaning/relamping coordination with the City; 362 exterior windows (~14,100 SF of accessible exterior glazing) and 11 interior windows, plus 50 interior partition glass doors/sidelites, incorporated into a scheduled glass-care program; and continuous 24/7 police operations, which CCS's shift schedule (below) is built to avoid disrupting during active operational hours.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Cleaning plan by zone and tier (Work Plan Section 10.3): tasks, methods, and frequencies for each space type at each tier, what is scheduled versus on-call, and floor care by floor type. 324
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
9 4. Tiered Staffing Aligned to Frequency Requirements
CCS's staffing plan (Exhibit H) is engineered directly from the square-footage and frequency data in Exhibit A, using a blended general-cleaning production rate of approximately 3,000 SF/hour across the Office Standard and Circulation Standard-High classifications:

Tier 1 — Full Service: 8 people/day (AM: 2 custodians + 2 porters; PM: 3 custodians + 1 porter), with the third PM custodian performing additional detailed general cleaning beyond the daily baseline to reflect Full Service's higher standard. One AM porter works a staggered 10:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. shift to maintain double-porter coverage through the RFP's stated 8 a.m.–5 p.m. public hours.

Tier 2 — Standard Service: 7 people/day (AM: 2 custodians + 2 porters; PM: 2 custodians + 1 porter), using the same staggered-porter approach to protect peak-hour coverage while reducing evening staffing relative to Tier 1.

Tier 3 — Managed Service: 6 people/day (AM and PM each at 2 custodians, plus 1 porter per shift), sized to the tier's “once per shift” fixture-cleaning standard and daily-only requirement for trash removal and carpet vacuuming, with remaining tasks serviced weekly or less per the Work Plan's Tier 3 frequency table — at the blended 3,000 SF/hour rate, this crew covers roughly 74% of the combined Office and Circulation square footage in a single daily pass, with the balance absorbed through zone rotation.

All three tiers meet or exceed the Work Plan's weekday minimum of two custodians per shift (one a designated Lead Custodian) with no coverage gap between AM and PM shifts, and meet the tier- specific weekend staffing floors, as detailed in Exhibit H.

5. Quality Control Tie-In
Area-by-area task completion is tracked each shift on the Daily Shift Completion Log (Work Plan §9.5), which records service by APPA zone and floor-care task, giving the City's Custodial Supervisor a direct, facility-specific record against the frequencies and standards established in Exhibit A and the Work Plan.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Cleaning plan by zone and tier (Work Plan Section 10.3): tasks, methods, and frequencies for each space type at each tier, what is scheduled versus on-call, and floor care by floor type. 325
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
10 Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Security & Background Compliance Plan (Work Plan Section 10.4) The Work Plan must describe the contractor's vetting and compliance approach. All contractor employees must execute Exhibit E (Contractor Employee Acknowledgement / Confidentiality Agreement) before their first day of service. The compliance plan must include:
• Name of proposed third-party background check vendor (subject to GGPD pre-approval) • Proposed timeline for completing all pre-employment vetting before contract start date • Description of the contractor's CJIS Security Awareness Training program or training vendor Third-party background check vendor
• Every PSB-assigned employee — new hires and transfers alike — is processed through DOJ/FBI LiveScan fingerprinting at Certifix Live Scan’s Garden Grove location, subject to GGPD’s pre- approval of the vendor and of the submission channel.
• Clearing the City’s and GGPD’s background investigation is a condition of assignment. If an individual is not cleared, CCS replaces them rather than requesting an exception. Clearance status, issue date, and assignment history are held in Workday as the single system of record and tied to that employee’s badge and keycard.

Timeline for completing pre-employment vetting before contract start • Standard notice: LiveScan processing begins 3–4 weeks ahead of the start date so 100% of the crew arrives on day one with a completed DOJ/FBI clearance already on file, with no provisional measures required.
• Compressed notice: Option A redeploys already-cleared staff identified in real time in Workday from other law enforcement and secure government facilities; Option B uses expedited LiveScan with interim tiered access, and only if the City approves it in advance. • Exhibit E is executed at the entity level at award, and no individual works at the facility until that person’s acknowledgement and confidentiality agreement is signed and delivered — before their first day of service. Mid-contract hires complete the full clearance and training bundle before their first shift.

CJIS Security Awareness Training
• CJIS Security Awareness Training is certified before an employee’s first day and refreshed annually.

Content covers criminal justice information, sensitive facility material, and duties under the FBI CJIS Security Policy and the California Penal Code.
• Completion is recorded in Workday alongside clearance and zone authorization, so the Lead Custodian builds each shift assignment from a current roster; any revision to Exhibit B or Exhibit E triggers re-acknowledgement by every assigned employee. 326
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
11 • The full list — product, manufacturer, intended use, area, and dilution — with a current Safety Data Sheet for every product, is included beginning at page 71. No product enters the facility until the City approves the list, and substitutions are submitted in writing with the SDS before first use. • Floor products are matched to the six substrates in Exhibit A, Section 6: finish, sealer and stripper on VCT only (28,462 sq ft); manufacturer-specified methods on terrazzo and rubber/gym flooring; grout-safe cleaner on ceramic tile; neutral cleaner on sealed concrete; and extraction detergent for 37,454 sq ft of carpet.
• No aerosol, VOC-heavy, or scented products are used in IT, server, evidence, or armory areas.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Preliminary Chemical Product List (Work Plan Section 10.5): each product identified by name, manufacturer, intended use, and applicable area, subject to City approval prior to contract commencement.

UseEnvironmental StandardsDescription
Sustainable neutral all purpose cleaner
for maintenance of hard floor surfacesGreen Seal 37Green All Purpose Cleaner for floors
Sustainable spray and wipe glass cleaner
for use on glass and stainless steel, bio-
based formula
Green Seal 37Bio Renewable Glass
Cleaner COG
Sustainable neutral all purpose cleaner
for maintenance of hard floor surfacesGreen Seal 37Green All Purpose Cleaner for floors
Sustainable spray and wipe all purpose
cleaner for general cleaning, bio-based
formula
Green Seal 37TriBase AP Cleaner COG
Chemical to remove floor sealer and
floor finish for restorative maintenanceGreen Seal #40 certified Green Solutions Floor Finish Removed
Protective coating for hard surfaces,
non-slip, provides shineGreen Seal #40 certified Floor Front Floor Finish Cleaning carpet
Low VOC - Meets California
Code of Regulations (CCRs)
thresholds for maximum
allowable VOC by content
Carpet Cleaner
Environmental StandardsProduct & Manufacturer Description 80% PCRC, Green SealKimberly ClarkToilet Tissue
100% RP , Green Seal Waxie Sanitary No TouchPaper Towels VOC compliantWaxie 9000 refillsAir Freshener
100% SolabilityWaxie Pink JadeLiquid Hand Soaps
100% RP , Green Seal Coremate HRTPaper Towels
100% RP , Green Seal Waxie Facial Tissue
327
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
12 After-hours on-call custodial service — identical at all three tiers • On-call coverage is staffed separately from scheduled shifts, so a call-out never pulls a custodian off the regular route. Response capability does not reduce at Tier 2 or Tier 3 — only the scheduled frequencies differ between tiers.
• Cleared, badged personnel are assigned to the on-call rotation, so anyone dispatched has already completed DOJ/FBI LiveScan, GGPD clearance, CJIS security awareness training, and the Exhibit E confidentiality agreement. No uncleared substitute is ever sent to fill a call-out. • On-call custodial work is billed at the hourly rate in Exhibit C, in the increments stated there, and is logged as a separate work order in our platform so the City can reconcile every call-out against an invoice line.

Biohazard and hazmat response
• Kit contents held on site: nitrile gloves, fluid-resistant gown, eye and face protection, N95 or higher respirator, shoe covers, absorbent solidifier, tuberculocidal disinfectant, scoop and scraper, sharps container, red biohazard bags with ties, and labeled disposal containers. • Training records: assigned staff complete Cal/OSHA bloodborne pathogen training on hire and annually thereafter, with certificates retained and available to the City on request. • Waste disposal: regulated medical waste is double-bagged, labeled, and removed by a licensed medical waste hauler under manifest; manifests are filed and copies provided to the City’s Project Manager. Nothing biohazardous is placed in facility trash.

Notification protocol — 24 hours a day, 365 days a year • One number, answered live: the Account Manager is the City’s single point of contact and carries the on-call line; the General Manager and Regional Vice President are the second and third escalation, each reachable directly by mobile.
• Call-outs may also be opened by City staff through our work order platform, which time-stamps the request, the acknowledgement, the arrival, and the completion.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
On-call response plan (Work Plan Section 10.6): fulfilment of on-call custodial service at all tiers, biohazard and hazmat capability, and the 24/7 notification protocol. 328
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
13 CCS Facility Services' plan for Exhibit B compliance is built on the same Workday-based compliance backbone described in our Personnel Security and Background Clearance Approach: one system of record that ties every employee's clearance status, zone authorization, credential assignment, and training completion together, so zone discipline, escort procedures, key control, and incident reporting operate as one integrated program rather than four separate paperwork exercises.

1. Zone-Based Access Discipline
CCS enforces the RFP's own two-zone access framework (Section 7.2) exactly as defined, with no local variation or informal exceptions:

Every PSB employee completes a facility zone-map walkthrough during onboarding, before their keycard is issued, so zone boundaries are understood physically, not just on paper. Keycard authorization is programmed by the Contractor PM to match each employee's approved zone(s) in Workday, and the Lead Custodian performs a daily verification that no employee is scheduled into a zone their card does not authorize. Electronic access logs remain available to GGPD for audit at any time without prior notice, consistent with Section 7.3.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting.

CCS Access DisciplineAreas IncludedZone
Keycard programmed for
unaccompanied entry;
standard Work Plan
schedule; no escort
required
Lobbies, public corridors,
common areas, break rooms,
conference/briefing rooms,
open office areas, restrooms,
locker rooms, records area,
dispatch area, parking garage
Unrestricted —
Unaccompanied Access
Keycard not authorized for
unaccompanied entry;
sworn officer or civilian
escort required at all times;
advance scheduling through
the Contractor PM; as-
needed basis only, never on
the standard tier schedule
Armory, SWAT, Property &
Evidence, IT/Network Closets, IT
Server Rooms, Jail/Booking Area
Highest Restriction —
Escorted Access Only
329
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
14 2. Escorted Cleaning Procedures for Highest Restriction Areas Consistent with Section 5.4, cleaning of Highest Restriction areas (Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence, IT/Network Closets, IT Server Rooms) is treated strictly as an as-needed, coordinated service — never scheduled on the standard tier rotation, and never performed unescorted under any circumstance. CCS's operating procedure:

The Contractor PM submits the restricted-area service request to GGPD and the City's Project Manager in advance, and confirms scheduling before any employee is dispatched.

A single, consistent CCS employee is assigned to escorted-area work whenever possible — the same practice the RFP requires for the Jail/Booking Area under Section 4 — to minimize the number of individuals requiring escort coordination and repeated security clearance.

On arrival, the employee checks in with the assigned sworn officer or civilian escort and does not enter the space until the escort is present and ready.

The escort remains present for the entire duration of the cleaning task; if the escort must step away for any reason, the employee immediately stops work and exits the space until the escort returns.

Only pre-approved cleaning tasks are performed — no handling, moving, or photographing of evidence, weapons, or IT equipment, and no aerosol, VOC-heavy, or strongly scented products are used in IT/Server or Evidence areas, per Section 5.4.

Entry and exit times, escort name, and tasks completed are logged and retained as part of the Daily Shift Completion Log.

Jail/Booking Area cleaning follows the dedicated schedule in Section 4 — twice daily on weekdays (approximately 9:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m.) and once daily on weekends (approximately 9:00 a.m.) — performed by the same assigned crew at every visit to preserve security continuity and avoid repeated clearance and escort overhead.

3. Key / Credential Control
CCS's credential program is built directly around the requirements in Section 7.3:

Keycards are programmed to each employee's authorized zone(s) only and may never be duplicated or shared between employees.

A lost or missing keycard is reported to the City and GGPD immediately upon discovery; reprogramming and replacement costs are borne solely by CCS, never passed through to the City.

Every employee displays a company-issued photo ID badge at all times while on City property, and wears only a PD-approved company-logo uniform.

Doors are never propped open, and employees enter and exit only through designated access points.

Electronic access records are maintained and made available for GGPD audit at any time, without prior notice.

In Workday, every badge and keycard number is tied to the issuing employee's record, current clearance status, authorized zone(s), and training-completion status. When an employee is removed from the PSB assignment — whether voluntarily, for cause, or at the City's direction — keycard and badge deactivation is immediate and automatic, consistent with the removal and replacement procedure described in our Personnel Security and Background Clearance Approach.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
330
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
15 4. Incident Reporting
CCS's incident-reporting structure follows the RFP's own escalation framework rather than a separate internal process, so every report the City receives maps directly to a requirement it already expects:

Every shift closes with a Daily Shift Completion Log (Section 9.5), signed by the on-duty Lead Custodian or custodian, recording personnel on duty, areas serviced, incidents or damage, and any deferred tasks with reasons stated.

Deficiencies and incidents are classified and escalated on the timeframes defined in Section 9.3: Minor items corrected within 24 hours of written notification, Significant items within 4 hours, and Emergency/Biohazard conditions acknowledged within 30 minutes and actively responded to on-site within 60 minutes (Section 5.3).

Security-specific incidents — a lost or missing keycard, a propped door, an unescorted entry into a Highest Restriction zone, a suspected confidentiality breach under Exhibit E, or an employee arrest — are reported to the City's Project Manager and GGPD immediately, not on the next scheduled report cycle, consistent with Exhibit E's own obligation to report violations and Section 7.1's GGPD arrest- notification requirement.

A written Contract Discrepancy Report (CDR) is issued to the Contractor PM for any deficiency per Section 9.4, with the same section's remedies — payment withholding, immediate removal and replacement of the responsible employee, or termination for repeated material non-performance — available to the City at its discretion.

All of this is captured in Workday as the recordkeeping system required by the Quality Control Program in Section 9.1: every incident and corrective action is time-stamped, categorized, and tracked to closure, and the resulting data rolls into the Monthly Performance Report shared with the Police Department and City management under Section 9.2.

5. Training Assurance Plan — Meeting Exhibit B & Exhibit E Requirements Training is a gating condition of assignment: no employee is scheduled at the PSB until every item below is complete and logged in Workday.

CJIS Security Awareness Training, certified before first day (Section 7.1).

Exhibit B orientation — a facility walkthrough covering the zone map, escort procedures, and key/credential rules.

Exhibit E Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreement, reviewed and signed before first day, including the employee's acknowledgment that continued work depends on passing the City's and GGPD's background investigation and on protecting CJI under the FBI CJIS Security Policy and California Penal Code.

OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens / biohazard-response training (Sections 3.6, 5.3).

Workday Learning tracks the full bundle per employee; PSB eligibility is withheld until every module and the signed Exhibit E are logged. CJIS training refreshes annually, any Exhibit B/E revision triggers re- acknowledgment, and mid-contract hires complete the full bundle before their first shift, per Section

7.1's Timing standard.

Verification is two-tiered: the Lead Custodian confirms daily (Section 9.1 QCP) that no untrained or unsigned employee is on the schedule, and the Contractor PM cross-audits Workday records monthly.

A compliance export is available to the City and GGPD on request, matching Section 7.3's audit standard.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
331
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
16 CCS Facility Services (“CCS” or “Contractor”) has read and understands Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols in full and affirmatively commits to comply with every requirement in Sections 1 through 7 for the duration of any resulting contract at the Garden Grove Public Safety Building (PSB). CCS acknowledges that these standards are incorporated by reference into the Contract and that non-compliance is grounds for corrective action, suspension, or termination. The following describes CCS's specific operational plan for meeting Exhibit B, organized around the four elements identified in Exhibit D: zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting.

1. Zone-Based Access Discipline
CCS will operate the PSB under the two-tier zone structure defined in Exhibit B, Section 6, and will not permit any employee to work outside their assigned clearance level under any circumstance, including claimed operational urgency.

Written zone assignment: Every CCS employee receives written notice of their assigned zone(s) — Unrestricted/Unaccompanied Access or Highest Restriction/Escorted Access Only — before their first day of service at the PSB, consistent with Exhibit B, Section 6. The assignment is issued by the CCS Project Manager and countersigned by the employee.

Clearance-matched scheduling: The CCS Lead Custodian builds each shift's work assignment sheet directly from the current zone-clearance roster, so an employee is never assigned a task in a zone above their approved clearance. Unrestricted zones (lobbies, public corridors, common areas, break rooms, conference/briefing rooms, open office areas, restrooms, locker rooms, and the parking garage) are cleaned per the approved Contractor Work Plan without escort.

No self-directed zone changes: Employees are trained that a locked door, an unattended corridor, or a supervisor's absence is never authorization to enter a higher-restriction zone. Any employee who is asked, or who believes they need, to enter a zone outside their clearance must stop and notify the Lead Custodian or CCS Project Manager — who will coordinate through the escorted- access process below rather than permit ad hoc entry.

Verification at the point of work: Zone clearance and badge status are confirmed at shift check-in and logged on the Daily Shift Completion Log (Section 2, “Personnel on Duty”), so there is a contemporaneous record that every person on site that shift was authorized for the zones they serviced.

Supervisory audit: The CCS Project Manager conducts documented zone-compliance spot checks and cooperates fully with the Police Department's right to audit electronic access card records at any time and without prior notice (Exhibit B, Section 5).

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting. 332
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
17 2. Escorted Cleaning Procedures for Highest Restriction Areas CCS will never permit unescorted or unscheduled entry into any Highest Restriction area — Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence, IT/Network Closets, IFP Rooms, IT Server Rooms, or the Jail/Booking Area — consistent with Exhibit B, Section 6, and understands that a single violation is subject to a fixed, no-cure-period $500 deduction under Exhibit I (PRS Category A-2), in addition to the City's right to require immediate removal of the employee involved.

Advance scheduling — 24-hour minimum commitment: The CCS Project Manager submits restricted-area cleaning requests to the designated Police Department and Public Works Department contact a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the desired service window, for every Highest Restriction area requiring service that period, consistent with Work Plan Section 5.4 and Exhibit C's on-call restricted-area pricing structure. No CCS employee reports to a restricted area without a confirmed escort appointment on the schedule.

Escort-only entry: Custodial work in these areas is performed exclusively in the presence of a sworn officer or an authorized civilian escort for the entire duration of the service. The CCS employee remains within the escort's direct line of sight and does not begin, continue, or complete work if the escort must step away.

Only pre-cleared, designated personnel: CCS will designate a limited pool of its most experienced, background-cleared custodial staff to perform Highest Restriction work, rather than rotating the assignment broadly, to minimize the number of employees who require this level of access and to build escort familiarity over time.

Contemporaneous logging: Every restricted-area entry is recorded in real time on the Daily Shift Completion Log, Section 5 (“Restricted Area Entries — Escorted Access Only”), capturing the specific area, escort name and badge number, time in, time out, and the advance-authorization reference. A shift with no restricted-area work is affirmatively marked “no restricted area entries occurred.”
Product and method controls: Only chemicals on the pre-approved Chemical Product List are used in these spaces, and CCS will not use aerosol, high-VOC, or strongly scented products in evidence storage, property rooms, or IT/server areas, in order to avoid any risk of contaminating evidence or triggering sensitive equipment.

Escalation if an escort is unavailable: If a scheduled escort does not arrive, the CCS employee stands by outside the area, notifies the Lead Custodian, and the service is rescheduled through the CCS Project Manager and the City's designated contact — it is never performed unescorted to “keep on schedule.”
Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting. 333
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
18 3. Key & Credential Control
CCS will treat every key, keycard, and access badge issued by the City as a controlled, auditable asset, per Exhibit B, Sections 4 and 5.

No duplication, ever: CCS employees are prohibited from duplicating any City-issued key or keycard under any circumstance. This prohibition is stated in writing in the employee's onboarding acknowledgment and reinforced in initial and refresher training.

No master keys: CCS will not request or accept master-key access for any employee. Access is limited to area-specific credentials tied to that employee's pre-approved cleaning schedule and zone clearance.

Immediate loss reporting: Any lost, missing, or suspected-compromised key or keycard is reported by the employee to the Lead Custodian immediately upon discovery, and by the CCS Project Manager to the City Contract Manager without delay — the same shift the loss is discovered. CCS accepts financial responsibility for any resulting rekeying, reprogramming, or replacement costs.

Photo ID and uniform at all times: Every CCS employee wears a company-logo uniform (submitted for City approval prior to contract start) and displays a company-issued photo ID badge at all times on City property, alongside their City-issued access badge.

Immediate badge return: City-issued access badges are collected and returned to the City the same day an employee separates, is suspended, or is removed from the assignment. CCS's offboarding checklist makes badge and key return a condition of final pay processing to ensure compliance.

Roster currency: CCS maintains a complete, current roster of all employees assigned to the PSB and provides it to the City Contract Manager within 24 hours of any change — new hire, separation, substitution, or role change.

Audit cooperation: CCS will fully cooperate with unannounced Police Department audits of electronic access card records and will make its credential roster and shift logs available to the City Contract Manager upon request.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting. 334
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
19 4. Incident Reporting
CCS's incident reporting protocol is built around same-shift, no-delay notification, so that hazardous, emergency, or security conditions reach both CCS management and the City's designated contact before the shift ends.

Same-shift reporting to the Watch Commander: Any employee who discovers a hazardous, emergency, or security condition — a propped-open or unsecured door, an unauthorized person, facility damage, a biohazard condition, a lost key or badge, or an equipment malfunction — reports it to the on-duty Watch Commander within the same working shift, per Exhibit B, Section 3.1, and simultaneously notifies the CCS Lead Custodian.

Standardized written documentation: Every incident, damage observation, or security observation is documented in writing on the Daily Shift Completion Log, Section 6, at the time it occurs, including a description of what was observed, who it was reported to, and the time reported. A shift with no incidents is affirmatively marked “none.”
Internal escalation chain: Custodian/Porter → Lead Custodian (same shift) → CCS Project Manager (same shift) → City Contract Manager / on-duty Watch Commander. The CCS Project Manager is reachable 24/7 and is responsible for ensuring the City receives notice within the timeframes Exhibit B requires, including the one-business-day notice for any employee termination, suspension, or unplanned absence.

Emergency/biohazard response standard: For conditions requiring an emergency or biohazard response, CCS will acknowledge with a confirmed ETA within 30 minutes and have a responder on- site and actively working within 60 minutes, consistent with the response standards referenced in Exhibit C and Exhibit I.

Recordkeeping and retention: Completed shift logs and incident reports are retained by CCS and made available to the City's Project Manager upon request, providing the documentary record that supports the Exhibit I Contract Discrepancy Report (CDR) process and CCS's own internal quality- control review.

No self-correction of security incidents: Security- and access-related incidents (unauthorized zone entry, prohibited items, credential loss) are reported regardless of whether the situation was already resolved on-site — CCS's policy is to over-report rather than assume an issue does not need to reach the City.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting. 335
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
20 Supporting Commitments
Training before first shift: Every CCS employee assigned to the PSB — including subcontractor personnel — completes site-specific training on this Exhibit B response, the zone map, escort procedures, and incident-reporting expectations before their first day of service, and signs the Exhibit E Contractor Employee Acknowledgment and Confidentiality Agreement.

Subcontractor flow-down: CCS will require any subcontractor personnel used at the PSB to comply with every element of this plan and Exhibit B in full, and will obtain executed Exhibit E agreements from each subcontractor employee before they may access the facility.

Right of removal: CCS acknowledges the City's absolute right to approve, disapprove, or require the immediate removal of any CCS or subcontractor employee, and will replace that individual with a pre-cleared substitute without disruption to coverage.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Safety and security protocol compliance: the Proposer's specific plan for meeting Exhibit B (Safety Standards & Protocols), including zone-based access discipline, escorted cleaning procedures for Highest Restriction areas, key/credential control, and incident reporting. 336
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
21 CCS Facility Services has provided custodial services at hundreds of government facilities with heightened security and sensitivity requirements, including active law enforcement, correctional, detention, and other 24/7 public-safety environments. That experience directly shapes our approach to Section 7 of RFP S-1396: no employee is assigned to the New Public Safety Building (“PSB”) without a fully documented, DOJ/FBI-cleared background, and every step of that clearance is tracked, auditable, and available to the City’s Project Manager and the Garden Grove Police Department (“GGPD”) on request through our Workday enterprise resource planning (ERP) platform, which serves as the single system of record for every employee’s clearance status, training completion, and facility assignment history.

Several of our Local Government Clients in Southern California ask us to utilize the Law Enforcement livescan program to ensure compliance. Should the City of Garden Grove prefer that method, CCS will comply. Our plan below is based on the RFP requirements.

1. DOJ/FBI LiveScan Background Clearance Process
To satisfy the comprehensive national criminal history check required under Section 7.1, CCS will process every PSB-assigned employee — new hires and transfers/replacements alike — through DOJ/FBI LiveScan fingerprinting at Certifix Live Scan’s Garden Grove location, subject to GGPD’s pre- approval of the vendor as required by Section 10.4. Using a DOJ-certified LiveScan provider located inside the City lets CCS schedule appointments quickly and keep fingerprint-to-submission time to same-day in nearly every case.

Our clearance workflow for each employee:
• Conditional offer of employment, contingent on successful completion of clearance • LiveScan appointment scheduled at Certifix Live Scan (Garden Grove) within 1 business day of the conditional offer
• Fingerprints captured and electronically submitted the same day to the California DOJ, which forwards the applicant’s record to the FBI for a federal criminal history check as part of a combined DOJ/FBI submission
• In parallel with the LiveScan submission, CCS completes the 5-year employment history verification, Form I-9 work authorization, annual TB test, and pre-employment drug screening • CJIS Security Awareness Training is completed and the certificate of completion is logged in Workday before the employee’s first day on site
Every returned DOJ/FBI record is screened against the disqualifying-offense criteria in Exhibit B, Section 1 (felony convictions, sex offense convictions, high-grade misdemeanors, misdemeanor theft, dishonorable military discharge, DUI/reckless driving within the past 7 years, and habitual illegal drug use) before the employee is cleared for assignment.

Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
Personnel security and background clearance approach: the Proposer's plan for DOJ/FBI LiveScan background clearance of all personnel assigned to the PSB, including realistic clearance timelines, a provisional tiered-access mobilization plan if proposed, and procedures for immediate removal and replacement of personnel at the City's direction.
337
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
22 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
The employee executes the Exhibit E Confidentiality Agreement before their first day of service Clearance status, training records, and all supporting documentation are logged in Workday and available to the City’s Project Manager and GGPD at any time
Consistent with Section 7.1’s Timing requirement, this process is completed once at hire and repeated in full for any employee added mid-contract; no annual re-verification is required, and CCS will support GGPD’s automatic arrest-notification monitoring for the life of the contract.

The table below reflects standard DOJ/FBI LiveScan processing performance and Certifix Live Scan’s typical turnaround for a Garden Grove submission:

These figures reflect standard processing performance; the final response time is ultimately controlled by DOJ and FBI, not CCS, and can extend beyond 15 business days if a name/record match requires manual review, an out-of-state record is involved, or statewide submission volume is unusually high. Because that variability exists — and because CCS understands the City’s transition timeline for this contract may be compressed — we have built the provisional tiered-access mobilization plan below into our approach, so that a pending clearance never becomes a staffing gap at the PSB.

Typical DurationStep
Day 0Conditional offer of employment
issued
Within 1 business day of conditional offer
LiveScan appointment scheduled
at Certifix Live Scan (Garden
Grove)
Same day as appointmentFingerprints captured and
submitted to CA DOJ / FBI
Typically 3–5 business daysCA DOJ state-level response
Typically an additional 5–10 business daysFBI federal response (forwarded automatically by DOJ)
2–3 weeks (10–15 business days)Typical total — offer to full DOJ/FBI clearance
Can surface within the first 3 business days, often before the FBI response is complete
Early disqualification flag (record
on file)
Completed in parallel — does not extend the critical path Ancillary screening (5-yr
employment check, I-9, TB test,
drug screen, CJIS training)
338
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
23 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols

3. Provisional Tiered-Access Mobilization Plan
Standard Notice Scenario
When CCS receives standard advance notice of a contract start or transition date, we begin LiveScan processing for every assigned employee 3–4 weeks ahead of the mobilization date. Under this timeline, 100% of the crew arrives on day one with a completed DOJ/FBI clearance already on file, and no provisional measures are needed.

Compressed Timeline — Option A: Redeploy Already-Cleared Staff Because CCS maintains custodial staffing across hundreds of government facilities with comparable sensitivity requirements — including other law enforcement, correctional, and 24/7 public-safety sites throughout California — a significant share of our workforce already holds a current, valid DOJ/FBI LiveScan clearance. Every employee’s clearance status, issue date, and facility assignment history is tracked in real time in Workday, which lets us instantly identify already-cleared personnel and transfer them into the PSB assignment — in many cases eliminating clearance lead time entirely.

Compressed Timeline — Option B: Interim Tiered-Access Status (Subject to City/GGPD Approval) For any new hire whose LiveScan submission is in process but not yet returned, and only with the City’s advance written approval, CCS proposes to mirror the RFP’s own Access Zone Classification framework in Section 7.2:

The employee may be assigned only within Unrestricted — Unaccompanied Access zones (lobbies, public corridors, common areas, break rooms, conference/briefing rooms, open office areas, restrooms, locker rooms, records area, dispatch area, and the parking garage), and only under the direct, continuous on-site supervision of a fully DOJ/FBI-cleared, tenured CCS Lead Custodian.

The employee receives zero access — escorted or otherwise — to any Highest Restriction — Escorted Access Only zone (Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence, IT/Network Closets, IT Server Rooms, or the Jail/Booking Area) until both the DOJ and FBI results have returned and confirmed clean.

The employee’s keycard is programmed only to the approved interim zones and is automatically reprogrammed to the employee’s full authorized zones the moment clearance is confirmed, consistent with Section 7.3’s keycard protocols.

The provisional start date, supervising Lead Custodian, and clearance completion date are logged in Workday, giving the City’s Project Manager real-time visibility into every provisional assignment.

CCS frames this option deliberately: it is a bridge for an unusually short transition window, never a substitute for full clearance. No employee is placed under interim status without CCS first confirming the arrangement in writing with the City and GGPD.
339
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
24 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols

4. Immediate Removal and Replacement Procedures
Consistent with Section 9.4(3), CCS will immediately remove any assigned employee from the PSB at the direction of the City’s Project Manager or GGPD, regardless of cause or fault determination. Our process:

Direction is received (verbal or written) from the City or GGPD.

The employee is escorted off the property that same shift; keycard and building access are deactivated immediately, in coordination with GGPD’s electronic access system.

The incident is logged in the Daily Shift Completion Log and in Workday’s compliance record, including date, time, reason, and the City contact who issued the direction.

A replacement is identified — either from our bench of already-cleared staff (Option A above) or through expedited LiveScan with interim tiered access if approved by the City (Option B above) — and the Project Manager is notified of the replacement’s name, clearance status, and start time.

No employee removed at the City’s direction is reassigned to the PSB without the City’s separate written consent.

Every removal and replacement action is time-stamped in Workday, giving GGPD a complete, audit-ready chain of custody consistent with Section 7.3’s right to audit electronic access records at any time without prior notice.

5. Compliance Summary
The table below maps each Section 7.1 requirement to CCS’s specific approach:CCS ApproachRFP Section 7.1 Requirement
DOJ/FBI LiveScan fingerprinting through Certifix Live Scan’s Garden Grove location, subject to GGPD pre-approval of the vendorBackground Check
Every returned record screened against Exhibit B, Section 1 criteria before an employee is cleared for assignmentDisqualifying Offenses
Completed and certificate logged in Workday before the employee’s first day; proof submitted to the City’s Project Manager
CJIS Security
Awareness Training
5-year employment history lookback completed pre-assignmentEmployment Verification
Completed for every employee prior to assignmentForm I-9 / Work Authorization
Annual test; written proof submitted to the City’s Contract ManagerTB Testing Pre-employment and reasonable-suspicion testingDrug Screening Completed once at hire and for any employee added mid-contract; no annual re-verification required; CCS supports GGPD’s automatic arrest-notification monitoring for the contract termTiming Exhibit E signed by every employee before first day of serviceConfidentiality Agreement
340
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
25 The Public Safety Building is not an ordinary custodial environment. Every person we send there is cleared, trained, and bound to the Exhibit E commitments before they hold a key.

Cleared and signed before the first shift
• We will execute the Contractor Acknowledgement at award, and every assigned employee will sign the Employee Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreement before their first shift. • Signed originals stay in the project file, copies go to the City Project Manager, and we update the cleared-personnel roster within 24 hours of any staffing change. • Clearing the City and Police Department background investigation is a condition of assignment; if anyone is not cleared, we replace them rather than ask for an exception.

Trained for a criminal justice environment
• Onboarding and annual refreshers cover criminal justice information, sensitive facility material, and duties under the FBI CJIS Security Policy and California Penal Code. • The standard we hold is simple: read nothing, photograph nothing, remove nothing, repeat nothing. Cameras and personal phone use are prohibited in restricted areas.

Disciplined work around systems and evidence areas
• Records, dispatch, holding, and evidence areas are serviced only on Department-approved schedules and, where the Department requires it, under escort. • Our crews clean around, never on, workstations, terminals, and network equipment, and never clear or reorganize desks or printed material.
• Evidence packaging, lockers, and confidential-destruction bins are never opened or moved by our staff; we report damage or spills there instead of handling them unsupervised.

Accountable if something goes wrong
• Information requests go to the City Project Manager; we release nothing and make no statements.
• Violations are reported to the City Project Manager the same shift and confirmed in writing within 24 hours — a commitment our staff sign, not just hear.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Confidentiality and CJIS-environment awareness: procedures ensuring personnel conduct is consistent with the Exhibit E acknowledgements and with operating in proximity to criminal justice information systems and evidence areas.
341
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
26 We prove quality each shift rather than assume it. Layered supervision is reinforced by two integrated platforms — Findd, our biometric and geofenced timekeeping system, and Visitt, our inspection and work-order platform — closing the loop from who reports for duty to who signs off on the work.

Verified presence and coverage — Findd
• Crews clock in on Findd using facial recognition inside a geofence, confirming the correct cleared teammate is on the assigned shift and eliminating buddy punching or off-site entries. • A missed or late punch triggers a real-time supervisor alert; we contact the employee and dispatch a trained floater so the Public Safety Building is never left short-staffed.

Shift completion logging — Visitt
• Every shift closes in Visitt with a task-by-area record by daily, weekly, monthly, and periodic frequency, time-stamped and supported by photo documentation rather than a checkmark. • Visitt translates City requests into each cleaner's preferred language and the response back into English, and gives the Project Manager dashboard visibility plus exportable monthly reporting.

Self-inspection scored against Exhibit I
• Custom inspection forms built in Visitt mirror the Exhibit I Performance Requirements Summary standards and deduction categories, so we grade ourselves on the City's terms. • Supervisors inspect a rotating sample every shift, the Account Manager completes a scored weekly walk-through, and we invite the City to a monthly joint inspection. • Each deficiency opens a Visitt work order with an owner, due date, and photo close-out inside the required response time; repeats trigger root-cause review, retraining, or a staffing change.

Pilot year: prove it, then tune it
• Weekly operational reviews work the Visitt dashboard and Findd shift and roster reports together; 30-, 60-, and 90-day reviews confirm staffing, frequencies, and access routines. • Quarterly reports show inspection scores, trends, corrective actions, and deduction exposure.

Our target for the pilot year is zero performance deductions.

Criterion A — Work Plan, Safety &
Security Protocols
Quality control and self-inspection: the Proposer's internal quality program, including shift completion logging, supervisory inspection practices, and how the Proposer will perform against the standards, checklists, and deduction structure of Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary) during the pilot year.

On the following pages we outline our other Quality
Control and Self Inspection tools, including Visitt – our AI enabled closed loop work order system, Quarterly
Business Reviews, Inspections (formal, informal, and
scheduled), and Findd – our biometric and geofenced
technology.
342
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Quality Control Plan
Our Quality Control Plan (QCP) is designed to ensure consistent, measurable compliance with all contract requirements through a disciplined combination of advanced technology and experienced operational leadership. By integrating real-time data capture, structured inspection protocols, and layered management oversight, we create a transparent and accountable system that verifies performance, identifies issues early, and drives continuous improvement.

The following elements outline how CCS systematically monitors service delivery, documents outcomes, and ensures that all standards are met or exceeded throughout the life of the contract:

1. We document and monitor all contract-requ ired activities, including daily cleaning tasks, periodic services, staffing, safety, and equipment readiness, via our AI-enabled, closed-loop work order system, Visitt. A Visitt daily report is showcased below.

2. Monitoring is conducted through a combination of Visitt technology (with photo verification), Findd timekeeping, and in-person supervisory inspections.

3. Monitoring occurs daily at the ta sk level, with monthly formal inspections, random audits, and Quarterly Business Reviews.

4. We utilize standardized digital forms such as inspection checklists, deficiency logs, and corrective action reports within our QC systems.

5. Monitoring is performed by trained leadershi p, including the Account Manager, Day Service Manager, Night Area Manager, General Manager, and Vice President of Operations.

6. All results are documented in a centralized syste m with time-stamped records, photo evidence, and tracked corrective actions through resolution.
27 343
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
28 Inspections are at the heart of our quality control plan, supplemented by our multilevel management team (Account Manager, Day Service Manager, Night Area Manager) and executed via our tri-pronged inspection approach: formal inspections, informal inspections, and scheduled inspections.

Our closed-loop, AI enabled work order tool, Visitt, enables full transparency to our customers for all proactive work orders and corrections that may be needed.

Tier 1 — Full Service
• Lead Custodian signs a zone-by-zone shift completion checklist at the end of every AM and PM shift, including a second restroom verification after the twice-daily service. Contractor Project Manager performs a documented weekly inspection of every zone, plus a joint walk with the City’s Project Manager monthly. Deficiencies are corrected same shift where possible and always before the next inspection.

Tier 2 — Standard Service
• Same shift-level verification by the Lead Custodian, with the checklist scoped to the Tier 2 frequencies. Project Manager inspection is bi-weekly across all zones with priority spaces — restrooms, locker rooms, records, dispatch, break areas — still inspected weekly because their minimums do not reduce. Monthly joint walk with the City is retained.

Tier 3 — Managed Service
• Lead Custodian checklist remains per shift. Project Manager inspection is monthly across all zones, with priority spaces inspected weekly and a written monthly quality report to the City.

Monthly joint walk is retained so oversight visibility does not drop with the service level.

Common to all three tiers
• Inspections are logged in our platform with photos, so a deficiency, its correction, and the verification are one traceable record. Findings are self-reported to the City’s Project Manager rather than waiting to be discovered, and repeat findings trigger retraining or reassignment of the responsible employee.

Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
Quality Control Program by tier (Work Plan Section 9.1): how the Lead Custodian verifies each shift, how the Contractor Project Manager inspects, and how deficiencies are self-identified and corrected before City inspection — described separately for each tier. 344
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Customizable home page
and personalized settings
Human oversight +
Digital infrastructure
29 Our one-stop shopping work order platform.

What does this mean for you? A single location that replaces fragmented emails, texts, calls, and manual follow- ups—giving customers real-time visibility, faster response times, and clear accountability for every request.

THE CCS DIFFERENCE: SYSTEMS
Mobile
communication
across all teams +
in-app translation
Familiar, chat-
based interface
Real-time work
order visibility
AI-driven pattern
recognition
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
345
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Smart inspections
In addition to daily oversight via Building Leads,
Day Service Managers, and Night Area
Managers, your facilities will be inspected
regularly by your CCS Facility Services Account
Manager.

Informal inspections are conducted by your
CCS Facility Services Account Manager, who will
verify that tasks within the scope of work are
consistently performed to the required quality
standard. Our quality inspections use a pass or
fail rating system, which allows CCS Facility
Services to identify any discrepancies with the
level of cleaning service and operationalize the
issue so that it does not happen again in the
future. If a maintenance issue is found during the
inspection process, we will promptly notify the
property manager and any other designated
staff via your preferred communication method.

Scheduled inspections are planned in
coordination with your team’s operational
schedule to ensure oversight without disrupting
operations. We will align inspection timing with
the City of Garden Grove operational cadence—
conducting inspections during appropriate
windows across day, night, and weekend shifts,
and adjusting as needed for shutdowns, special
projects, or inspection-sensitive periods.

Inspections focus on validating scope execution,
safety compliance, and production-adjacent
cleanliness, with findings documented digitally
and communicated through established
escalation paths. This coordinated approach
ensures consistent quality verification, supports
audit and inspection readiness, and provides you
and your team with confidence that standards
are being met across all facilities while
maintaining uninterrupted operations.

Formal inspections are typically part of our
regularly scheduled business reviews (typically
quarterly) but we work with each customer to
ensure the cadence is appropriate for their
expectations and current needs. .
30 346
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Management oversight + tech
CCS Facility Services delivers consistent, high-quality janitorial services through a structured quality assurance program built on two core elements: experienced management oversight and real-time technology. Our layered management structure ensures every facility receives regular supervision, accountability, and support, while our digital inspection platform provides transparent reporting, documentation, and corrective action tracking. This integrated approach allows us to identify issues quickly, resolve them proactively, and maintain consistently high service standards across all locations.
31 Together, Visitt and Findd create a closed-loop accountability system that verifies staff presence, documents completed work, tracks service quality, and provides real-time transparency into operational performance.

People management
Experienced Leadership Oversight
• Executive leadership and General Manager
with decades of facilities and/or janitorial
experience
Management Triangle Structure
• Proven management triangle for each
program: Account Manager, Day Service
Manager, Night Communication Manager,
ensuring your program always has oversight.

Culture of Continuous Improvement
• Ongoing employee training on industry
standards, safety protocols, and best
practices
Process management
Formal Business Reviews
• Formal Business Reviews (QBRs) with the
LASD to review performance metrics, identify
improvements, and maintain alignment
Commitment to Customer Service
• Regular site visits, inspections, and operational
support
• Immediate corrective action procedures when
issues are identified, ensuring service
standards are restored quickly
• Regular site walkthroughs with facility
representatives to confirm expectations and
address concerns proactively
Biometric, Geofenced Timekeeping System: Findd
• Biometric time and attendance
verification
• Geofenced workforce accountability
• Real-time workforce visibility
• Accurate payroll and compliance
reporting
• Operational transparency
Real-time technology
Closed Loop Work Order System: Visitt
• Digital inspections
• Photo documentation
• Real-time issue tracking
• Work order management
• Performance reporting
347
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Smart
timekeeping
system
CCS Facility Services uses Findd, our biometric
and geofenced timekeeping system, to provide
the City of Garden Grove with real-time visibility
and security assurance across all shifts and
facilities. Findd confirms that the correct CCS
teammate is on site, in the approved location,
and working the assigned shift, supporting the
City of Garden Grove’s access control
requirements. Employees clock in and out using
biometric verification, reducing credential
sharing and ensuring accurate alignment with
labor standards, scheduled shifts, and meal
breaks. This level of visibility allows CCS
leadership to know precisely who is supporting
each area of the City of Garden Grove facility at
any given time, reinforcing accountability and
operational confidence.

Findd also plays a critical role in maintaining
staffing continuity in a 24-hour manufacturing
environment. If a scheduled employee does not
clock in within 10 minutes of shift start, Findd
automatically generates a real-time alert to
designated supervisors and managers. This
immediate notification enables CCS to confirm
availability and, when needed, dispatch a trained
floater resource without delay to prevent service
gaps. By combining biometric verification,
geofenced clock-ins, and automated alerts,
Findd ensures that the City of Garden Grove
facilities remain properly staffed, supervised, and
secure across all shifts—supporting
uninterrupted operations, documented
compliance, and rapid response to unplanned
absences.

Key Findd capabilities that will
benefit the City of Garden Grove
include:
• Biometric (facial recognition)
verification to ensure the correct
employee is on site and on time
• Geofenced clock-in/out to confirm
presence in approved facility
locations
• Real-time alerts to supervisors
when a scheduled punch is
missed
• Labor-standards-aligned tracking
of shifts and meal breaks
• Immediate escalation enabling
rapid deployment of backup
staffing resources
Knowing who is
in your buildings
every shift
provides you
peace of mind
32 348
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Reports &
operational
reviews
Standing touchpoints, reports, and meetings
establish a consistent cadence to keep us
aligned with your ongoing priorities and to
support effective service delivery.

Daily or weekly operational touchpoints
focus on execution:
• Review Visitt dashboard
• Address same-day, special service, and
emerging needs
• Analyze Visitt trends to identify patterns
• Review staffing coverage and attendance
• Initiate corrective actions if needed
• Findd reports on employee shifts and roster
• Training reports: safety and other employee
training execution
Formal business reviews with your whole
team at your preferred cadence provide
strategic oversight. Formal business
reviews assess our partnership:
• Review KPIs and quality metrics
• Align on upcoming schedule change and
needs
• Confirm priorities33
The Morning Reports consist of:
• Outstanding and completed work orders
• Daily inspections
• Issues identified overnight (e.g., light bulb outage) • Other relevant communication on the partnership
Work Order Report &
Morning Report
Training Report
Business Reviews
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
33 349
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Visitt Reporting, Sample Forms, Documentation
The below screenshots are custom built inspection
tools inside Visitt.
34 350
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
The below is a sample report in response to a work order ticket submitted by a customer for corrective action. There was a pink stain on a conference room floor, and our customer sent our Account Manager an email about it. This report was generated by our cleaning team, showing the progress and ultimately clean carpet to provide back to the Account Manager for approval, and to the customer as an update to the completed work order item. Visitt translates to our cleaner’s language of preference, so as you can see the system translated the work order ticket to Spanish for our cleaning team, then back to English for our Account Manager and for our customer.

Corrective Action Items
35 351
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Methodology for tracking/
documenting employee work hours
36 The above screen shot encompasses our homepage dashboard in Findd.

The below is an overview of our timecard page. This page allows you to easily begin running reports with modifiable filters and fully exportable reporting. We can drill down by project, location, facility, etc. *Not actual employee names
352
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Methodology for tracking/
documenting employee work hours
This system is capable of powerful searches based on nearly every data point tracked. A few examples of the data we can manipulate in these report, as well as an example of a downloadable report, can be seen below.

Furthermore, all Findd data imports directly to Workday, our human capital management system.

This ensures all employees are compensated for their actual work hours. 37 *Not actual employee
names
353
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Our biometric, geofencing timekeeping system ensures that the correct person isn’t clocking into the wrong facility by alerting our management team if a teammate punches in outside their designated geofence. Example below:
38 Methodology for tracking/
documenting employee work hours
Also, because this system is biometric, it
keeps track of a % matching profile to each
clock in taken, and reports any under a 96%
match to our leadership. This is another
failsafe built into our system to ensure the
right individuals are in the right place at the
right time. Both of these data points, the
geofencing accuracy and the facial
recognition, are searchable and exportable
data points.
*Not actual employee names
354
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
In the below screenshots, you can see the level of detail that Findd captures for each punch. This includes individual, photo, geography, type of punch (in / out, lunch, break, etc.) Methodology for tracking/
documenting employee work hours
*Not actual employee name39
355
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
40 We will submit Exhibit H for all three tiers, built from the facility itself — roughly 81,052 cleanable square feet, 29 restrooms including two locker rooms with showers, and a detention facility that never closes. Crew sizes meet or exceed the City's floors and are justified by workload, not a formula.

Weekday shifts with no service gap
• The AM shift starts no later than 6:00 a.m. and the PM shift no later than 2:00 p.m., each staffed at or above the two-custodian minimum with a designated Lead Custodian on duty. • Shifts overlap at handoff so no gap exists between AM and PM. The Lead walks the outgoing shift's zones and signs the shift completion log before releasing the crew.

Weekend and 365-day coverage by tier
• Weekends are staffed to the tier priced — Tier 1: two custodians plus a porter each shift; Tier 2:
one custodian plus two porters; Tier 3: one custodian plus a porter — custodians on at 6:00 a.m., porters by 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m.
• Service runs all 365 days including City-observed holidays, and the non-negotiable twice-daily frequencies for restrooms, locker rooms, records, dispatch, and break areas hold at every tier.

Supervision and 24/7 contact
• The on-duty shift Lead is the City's first after-hours contact and escalates to our Contractor Project Manager, who is reachable 24/7, with Account Manager oversight above the site team. • The same cleared crew is dedicated to the jail facility to satisfy the crew consistency requirement, and we pre-clear designated backups so consistency survives vacation and turnover.

Absence coverage and crew-size justification
• Findd alerts a supervisor the moment a scheduled punch is missed, and a pre-cleared floater is dispatched — a post is never left open to absorb an absence. • Exhibit H states shift start and end times, custodian and porter counts per shift per tier, zone and task assignments, named Leads and Project Manager, and crew-size math.

Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
Staffing plan credibility: alignment of Exhibit H staffing levels, shift coverage, and supervision with the proposed work plan for each tier, including coverage of a 24/7 facility. 356
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
41 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
Transition and mobilization: a realistic start-up plan addressing clearance sequencing, training on facility protocols, and coordination with the City and GGPD.

CCS Facility Services proposes a six-phase, milestone-driven mobilization plan for the New Public Safety Building (“PSB”), anchored to the day the City issues Notice of Award (“NOA,” Day 0) and carried through a 30-day post-mobilization review. The plan is built directly from the clearance timelines and provisional-access framework described in our Personnel Security and Background Clearance Approach above, so the sequencing below is realistic rather than aspirational: it assumes standard DOJ/FBI LiveScan processing performance, and it identifies exactly where CCS's already-cleared Southern California bench (Option A) or City-approved interim tiered access (Option B) would be used if the City's actual transition window is shorter than 45 days.

Dedicated Transition Team
This contract will be mobilized and led by CCS’s Orange County branch leadership — the same team responsible for CCS's West Coast public-sector portfolio— so the City is working with decision-makers who already have direct authority over staffing, equipment, and scheduling in the region, not a national office removed from day-to-day execution.

Six-Phase Mobilization Plan
PHASE 1 — Award & Contract Execution (Day 0–10)
• Day 0: Upon receiving the NOA, the Transition Lead convenes an internal kickoff with the Account Manager and Executive Sponsor to confirm the awarded tier, lock the staffing plan against Exhibit H, and open a Workday transition tracker the City's Project Manager can be given visibility into on request. • Consistent with the Proposal Letter, CCS executes the Agreement and returns it to the City within ten (10) calendar days of the NOA.
• Insurance certificates and endorsements are submitted to Evident ID within the City's required window so the Council agenda item is not held up by an open insurance item.

PSB ResponsibilityTransition RoleName & Title
Holds overall accountability for the transition, resolves any resourcing or escalation issue the Transition Lead cannot clear, and conducts a formal executive check-in with City leadership at the 30-day mark.

Executive
Sponsor
Cameron Hall
Regional Vice
President, West Coast
Leads all start-up activities and owns day-to-day execution of the mobilization plan across all six phases; coordinates clearance sequencing, training scheduling, and the joint facility walkthrough; and is on-site at the PSB for the first week of live service.

Transition LeadSebastian Pedreira
General Manager
Primary point of contact for the City's Project Manager and GGPD throughout mobilization and for the life of the contract; owns the Workday transition tracker and delivers the standing status updates described below.

Account Manager
/ City Point of
Contact
Erryn Moreno
Senior Account
Manager
357
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
42 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
PHASE 2 — City Council Approval (Day 10–20)
• Because the RFP specifies that the award will not be placed on the Council agenda until the City has the executed contract in hand, CCS treats fast turnaround in Phase 1 as the lever that keeps this phase on schedule rather than a City-only dependency.
• Upon Council approval and full execution by the City Manager, CCS treats that date — or an earlier Notice to Proceed if the City issues one — as the fixed point the remaining phases mobilize toward.

PHASE 3 — Personnel Clearance & Staffing (Day 0–20, parallel to Phases 1–2) • Beginning Day 0, the Transition Lead cross-references Workday against every CCS employee already holding a current DOJ/FBI LiveScan clearance from another Southern California public-safety assignment, and prioritizes that already-cleared bench for the PSB roster first (Option A) — in many cases removing clearance lead time entirely for a meaningful share of the crew. • Conditional offers go out for any remaining roster positions within days of the kickoff, with LiveScan appointments scheduled at Certifix Live Scan's Garden Grove location within one business day of each offer, exactly as described in our background clearance approach above. • DOJ/FBI results are expected within the standard 10–15 business day window; the 5-year employment verification, Form I-9, TB test, drug screening, and CJIS Security Awareness Training run in parallel and do not extend this critical path.
• If the City's actual transition window compresses this timeline, any employee whose clearance is still pending on the mobilization date is placed only in Unrestricted — Unaccompanied Access zones under the direct, continuous supervision of a cleared Lead Custodian, and only with the City's advance written approval — never in the Jail/Booking Area or any Highest Restriction zone — per the interim tiered-access plan described above.

PHASE 4 — Facility-Specific Training (Day 15–27)
• Every assigned employee executes the Exhibit E Confidentiality Agreement and completes CJIS Security Awareness Training, with both logged in Workday, before their first day on site. • PSB-specific orientation covers the two-zone access framework (Section 7.2), the Jail Facility's crew- consistency and wall-disinfection protocols (Section 4), the 30-minute/60-minute biohazard response standard (Section 5.3), and the Chemical Product List and SDS sheets submitted for the City's pre- approval before contract start.
• The same session walks the crew through the Exhibit I Performance Requirements Summary standards, the Findd biometric timekeeping platform, and the Visitt shift-completion and inspection workflow, so every employee understands how their work will be verified from day one. • Company-logo uniforms (PD-approved), photo ID badges, and keycards are issued and programmed only to each employee's authorized zones in this phase, consistent with Section 7.3.

PHASE 5 — Site Readiness & Dry Run (Day 20–29)
• The Transition Lead schedules a joint walkthrough of the PSB with the City's Project Manager and GGPD to confirm room inventory, floor types, and custodial closet locations against Exhibit A, and to finalize the jail-facility crew assignment.
• Equipment and chemicals are staged in designated custodial closets, and Findd/Visitt are configured with the PSB's zones, shift schedules, and Exhibit I inspection checklist. 358
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
43 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
• A trial shift is run 2–3 days before go-live to confirm shift handoff timing (AM no later than 6:00 a.m., PM no later than 2:00 p.m., no service gap between them), supply levels, and technology functionality under real conditions rather than discovering issues on day one.

PHASE 6 — Go-Live & Stabilization (Day 30 onward)
Full service begins with the complete, cleared crew clocking in on Findd and the Lead Custodian opening the first Daily Shift Completion Log.

For the first two weeks, the Transition Lead is on-site and inspection frequency runs at the high end of the Formal Shift Inspection range (up to three times per week) to catch and correct any ramp-up issues before they recur.

At Day 44–45, the Transition Lead, the City's Project Manager, and GGPD conduct a 30-day post-mobilization review; from that point forward, the contract runs on the standard Section 9.2 inspection and Monthly Scored Audit cadence.

Transition & Mobilization Timeline
Figure: Six-phase mobilization timeline from Notice of Award through 30-day post-mobilization review. 359
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
44 Criterion A — work plan, safety &
security protocols
Transition and mobilization: a realistic start-up plan addressing clearance sequencing, training on facility protocols, and coordination with the City and GGPD.

Coordination with the City and GGPD
• Cadence: the Account Manager provides the City's Project Manager a standing weekly transition status update through mobilization (moving to the standard contract reporting cadence at go-live), covering clearance status, training completion, and any open item. • Visibility: every clearance, training completion, and provisional-access assignment is logged in Workday and available to the City's Project Manager and GGPD on request — there is no separate, harder-to-audit tracking system for the transition period. • Escalation: any issue the Account Manager cannot resolve inside 24 hours is escalated to the Transition Lead, and from there to the Executive Sponsor, so the City is never waiting on a single point of failure.
• Approvals: interim tiered access, chemical product substitutions, and any change to the mobilization schedule are confirmed with the City and GGPD in writing before they take effect, consistent with the RFP's own approval requirements.

This plan is designed to put a fully cleared, fully trained crew on-site at the PSB on day one of service, with a named, local leadership team accountable for every phase and full visibility for the City and GGPD throughout.
360
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Qualifications &
Demonstrated
Public Safety
Facility Experience
45 Proposal for
Janitorial Services
361
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
46 CCS Facility Services currently provides janitorial services to over 1,500 local government facilities across the country, and many of those are public safety facilities, including Police Departments, Detention Facilities, Courthouses, and Sheriff’s Offices. In addition to our completed Exhibit G, we have included a sample list of several noteworthy customers with similar scopes of work to the City of Garden Grove’s Public Safety Building. We encourage the City of Garden Grove to ask our references about our transitions, customer service, and quality of ongoing services.

San Bernardino County Sheriff:

CCS Facility Services provides janitorial services to San Bernardino County’s Sheriff Office. Staffing for this program requires CJIS and LiveScan background and training each year. San Bernardino County has been a customer since 2025.

Adams County, CO Detention Center:

CCS Facility Services provides full-time floor technicians and is adding day porters to Adams County, CO for their Detention Center. Adams County has been a customer since 2017.

City of Westminster, CA:

CCS Facility Services provides janitorial services to the police department, and has been the provider here since 2019.

City of Claremont, CA:

A newer customer, CCS Facility Services has been providing janitorial services to the Claremont Police Department as part of the Citywide contract.

City & County of Denver Police:

The City & County of Denver awarded CCS Facility Services their contract in late march of 2026, with a start date of May 1, 2026. This program boasts over 80 facilities, several of which are Denver Police Department buildings and require CJIS and LiveScan background and training. Our team was able to be fully staffed for the May 1 start date despite a 38-day transition for over 80 facilities and over 170 employees.

Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Depth and quality of public safety facility experience beyond the 60-month pass/fail minimum, as documented in Exhibit G: police headquarters, detention facilities, courthouses, and other secure 24/7 government facilities, including the size, duration, and scope of those engagements. 362
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
47 Continuity of service
• Each of the three reference contracts in Exhibit G has been served continuously, without a lapse in coverage, a suspension of service, or a gap between contract periods. Service ran through holidays, emergencies, and staffing changes because coverage is built around a cleared local bench rather than a single crew.
• Where turnover occurred, positions were backfilled with already-cleared personnel so the client never lost shifts waiting on background clearance — the same approach proposed for Garden Grove.

Renewals earned
• The contract terms and option years exercised on each referenced engagement are stated in Exhibit G. In each case the client elected to extend or renew rather than re-solicit, which is the measure we would ask the City to weigh most heavily.
• Several engagements have also expanded in scope or square footage during the term — added buildings, added frequencies, or added specialty work — which is a decision clients make only when the base service is holding.

No terminations for cause or material performance failures • CCS has not been terminated for cause, defaulted, or had a contract cancelled for performance on any of the referenced contracts, and is not the subject of a pending claim or dispute alleging material performance failure on them.
• Routine deficiencies do occur in custodial work; what matters is what follows. Findings were documented, corrected within the cure window, and closed out in writing with the client — the same self-reporting discipline described in our Quality Control Program.

Verify it directly
• Every Exhibit G reference is a current or recent client with a named contact who has agreed to speak with the City, and we welcome the reference checks contemplated.

Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Performance record on referenced contracts: continuity of service, contract renewals earned, and the absence of terminations for cause or material performance failures. 363
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
48 The people assigned, and why they are the right ones • Three named leaders support this contract, and all three are current CCS employees already based in our Orange County branch: Erryn Moreno, Account Manager and the City's day-to-day point of contact; Sebastian Pedreira, General Manager; and Cameron Hall, Regional Vice President. Full resumes follow on the next three pages. • A designated Lead Custodian is on duty on every shift, weekday and weekend, and is the person who verifies and signs the zone-by-zone completion log before the crew is released. Lead Custodians and the Contractor Project Manager are named in Exhibit H. • None of these positions is being recruited for this award. Each has direct experience in secure, access-controlled government facilities, including escorted cleaning, badge and key-card accountability, and working around detention, records, dispatch, and evidence areas.

Availability
• The management team is available to begin immediately upon award and can start clearance sequencing and mobilization as soon as the City issues notice. No key person is committed elsewhere in a way that would delay start-up.
• Because these leaders are local, oversight is in person rather than by phone: the Account Manager is on site regularly, with the General Manager and Regional Vice President reachable directly and available to attend the facility as needed.

Proposed custodial staff
• The custodians we intend to assign are experienced CCS employees currently working at other government facilities. Garden Grove is a pay increase for them, so we expect strong interest in transferring, and we will confirm each assignment with the employee rather than reassigning anyone against their wishes.
• Where an employee prefers to stay at their current site, the position is filled from our cleared Orange County bench under the same vetting sequence — no one starts before LiveScan, GGPD clearance, CJIS training, and Exhibit E are complete.

Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Experience and availability of key personnel: the qualifications of the project manager and on-site supervisors proposed for this contract, and their direct experience in secure facilities. 364
49 Cameron Hall
Regional Vice President
[email protected] | 714.559.2283
As Regional Vice President, West Coast Region, Cameron oversees strategic and operational leadership throughout California and Washington state. She previously served as Vice President of CCS' Orange County/Inland Empire region, driving overarching growth and a passion for incredible service for both customers and employees. Prior to joining CCS in 2013, Cameron spent five years in commercial real estate, where she oversaw 750,000-plus square feet of commercial and industrial properties. Cameron earned a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration from Chapman University and earned her JD from Western State College of Law.

Experience
Regional Vice President
CCS Facility Services, 2013-Present
• Work with market leaders across the West Coast
Region of CCS Facility Services to ensure
compliance and adherence to CCS standards for
operations, customer service, and all business
functions
• Guide emerging markets by providing ongoing
supervision, support, and coaching
• Oversee large new accounts in new and
expansion markets
• Oversee all levels of operations across the West
region
• Active member in numerous commercial real
estate industry associations
• Oversee large new accounts in new and
expansion markets
• Performance of Quarterly Business Reviews for
major accounts
• Cameron began with CCS Facility Services as a
Senior Account Manager and was promoted
numerous times due to her strong work ethic,
attention to detail, and deep understanding of the
business
Previous Employment
• Prior to joining CCS Facility Services in 2013,
Cameron worked in commercial real estate where
she oversaw 750,000-plus square feet of
commercial and industrial properties. Cameron
earned a Bachelor’s degree in Business
Administration from Chapman University and
earned her JD from Western State College of Law
.

Skills
• Operations management & labor relations
• P&L management
• Team building
• Client retention & customer service improvement
• Strategic leadership & growth strategies
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Key Support Resume
365
Sebastian Pedreira
General Manager, Orange County Branch
[email protected] | 949.261.1234
Sebastian is a highly effective General Manager with nearly a decade of experience specializing in building relationships, partnership building, managing talent, retaining top accounts, and growing profit channels. Self- motivated leadership professional with expertise in territory development and revealing customer needs to deliver solutions.

Experience
General Manager
CCS Facility Services, 2015-Present
• Gain long-term service commitments from over
150 accounts
• Manage all day and night operations, including
strategic and operational leadership
• Ownership of P&L and all related
expense/revenue categories for business unit
• Develop highly empathetic client relationships and
earned a reputation for delivering exceptional
customer service
• Resolve customer problems and complaints by
clarifying the issue, explaining the best solution,
and following up with the clients
• Build trust in company by responding efficiently
and helpfully to customer needs
• Analyze customer satisfaction levels and define
customer-specific plans to ensure satisfaction of
all current and prospective customers
• Spearheaded the implementation of electronic
timekeeping system, company-wide
• Manage procurement of supplies, chemicals, and
equipment to ensure service excellence
• Empower and train frontline employees to grow
into supervisory roles
Senior Account Manager
• Oversaw management and daily and nightly
scope of work for 50+ Class A and B buildings
• Established and maintained effective lines of
communication with clients and facilities’
personnel
• Directed management of accounts through
tenant surveys and in-person meetings
Skills
• Janitorial operations, processes, & performance
standards
• Building and facility inspections
• Safety and security
• Customer service
• Leadership & training
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
50 Key Support Resume
366
Erryn Moreno
Account Manager, Orange County Branch
[email protected] | 949.244.8682
Erryn Moreno is an Account Manager at CCS Facility Services with more than a decade of experience in customer relationship management, sales strategy, and operational leadership. Known for her collaborative approach and problem-solving mindset, Erryn excels at turning challenges into long- term partnerships while delivering strong results for both clients and internal teams.

Experience
Account Manager
CCS Facility Services, 2026-Present
• Responsible for day-to-day custodial
operations and administrative activities to
ensure conformance to contract
requirements
• Conducts quality of service inspections at
CCS Facility Service customer buildings,
assuring that services are performed to
perfection
• Manages and provides leadership and
coaching to supervisors and lead personnel
assigned to buildings managed
• Directing work of employees on site at a
customer building
• Providing excellent customer service that
exceeds expectations and builds relationships
and trust among partnerships
• Recommend and schedule additional services
based on customer needs
Previous Employment
Prior to joining CCS, Erryn held account
management roles with Innovative Cleaning
Services and built experience across customer
success, mortgage lending, and business
development.

Skills
• Strategic planning
• Team building
• Incident & infrastructure management
• Management and supervision
• Leadership and training
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
51 Key Support Resume
367
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
52 Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Organizational capability: financial stability, resources, and local presence sufficient to sustain reliable service and rapid response to the City of Garden Grove.

CCS is unmatched in local infrastructure and management in the Garden Grove area. Over the next few pages, we outline our capability and differentiators as an organization.

Financial Stability
CCS Facility Services is a privately held corporation. CCS Facility Services has a long-standing history as a very stable and financially healthy company that is well capitalized and continuously invests in our employees, equipment, technology, and infrastructure. With an average 94% customer retention rate, we enjoy a very stable business base and continue to grow organically year after year.

We would not need to borrow or bring in any financial partners to finance the equipment and have the working capital necessary to perform this contract. We utilize our resources to:
• Provide the newest and most effective equipment upon contract starts • Perform necessary maintenance to capital equipment or replace once the useful life is met • Create incentive bonus programs for supervisors and managers to promote safety, quality, and proactive communication
• Provide support to our in-building teams in the form of training programs, new uniforms, proper protective equipment, and educational resources
CCS Facility Services has never filed for bankruptcy and does not foresee any legal or financial circumstances that would affect our performance within your facilities. A letter from an independent auditor assuring our financial stability can be provided upon request.

As a private corporation, we are happy to provide more information about our financials as requested.

CCS Facility Services can provide financials as necessary to support the financial stability of the company.
368
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
53 Management support available at any time
• A dedicated Account Manager serves as the City's day-to-day point of contact, conducting routine inspections and responding to requests as they arise. • The General Manager oversees local operations, staffing levels, supplies, and quality assurance across the account.
• The Regional Vice President provides executive oversight and is available for escalations, performance reviews, and contract-level decisions.
• All three are reachable at any time — including nights, weekends, and holidays — to support the City's public safety facilities, which operate around the clock.

Proposed on-site staff
• Our proposed custodial staff are currently working as janitors at other governmental facilities, so they arrive experienced in public-sector security protocols, badging and escort requirements, and the expectations of occupied municipal buildings.
• Final assignments will be confirmed after we meet individually with each proposed employee to determine their interest in transferring to the Garden Grove account. • If any individual elects to remain at their current site, we will fill the position from our local recruiting pipeline and complete background screening prior to the start of service, so staffing levels are met on day one.

Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Organizational capability: financial stability, resources, and local presence sufficient to sustain reliable service and rapid response to the City of Garden Grove. 369
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Criterion B — qualifications & demonstrated
public safety facility experience
Local Infrastructure to Support the City of Garden Grove’s Public Safety Building Account Managers (AMs)
Account Managers serve as the single point of accountability for each client and are responsible for overall contract performance, client satisfaction, and continuous improvement.

They translate contract requirements into site-specific operating plans, establish KPIs, and lead formal governance such as monthly reviews and Quarterly Business Reviews (QBRs). AMs coordinate resources across day and night operations, validate staffing plans, approve schedules, and ensure compliance with all contractual, safety, and regulatory requirements.

They also manage issue escalation and resolution, leveraging data from inspections and work order systems to drive corrective action and prevent recurrence. From a client perspective, the AM owns communication, transparency, and results.

Day Service Managers (DSMs)
Day Service Managers oversee all daytime operations, including day porter teams and high- visibility services. Their focus is responsiveness, presentation, and real-time issue resolution in occupied facilities. DSMs conduct daily walkthroughs, perform spot inspections, manage service requests, and coordinate with client staff on evolving needs throughout the day. They ensure that restrooms, lobbies, high-touch surfaces, and shared spaces meet standards at all times, and they deploy resources dynamically to address surges in demand. DSMs also reinforce training, safety protocols, and customer-facing professionalism, ensuring that daytime staff deliver a hospitality-oriented experience.

Night Area Managers (NAMs)
Night Area Managers lead after-hours operations and are responsible for executing the core cleaning scope with consistency and efficiency. They supervise night crews, verify attendance and coverage, and conduct detailed inspections to ensure all tasks—daily, weekly, and periodic—are completed to specification. NAMs manage production rates, equipment utilization, and adherence to standard operating procedures, including specialized services such as floor care and project work. They document results, capture deficiencies, and implement immediate corrective actions, ensuring that facilities are reset to standard before the next day’s occupancy.

Integrated Quality Delivery
These three roles operate as a coordinated management triangle. The AM sets strategy, expectations, and accountability; the DSM ensures daytime responsiveness and client-facing quality; and the NAM guarantees thorough execution of the full scope overnight. Information flows continuously between them through shared reporting, inspections, and work order systems—creating a closed-loop process where issues identified during the day are resolved at night, and trends observed at night inform daytime priorities. This layered supervision model provides continuous coverage, rapid response, and consistent quality, resulting in reliable service delivery and high client satisfaction.
54 370
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Criterion B — qualifications & demonstrated
public safety facility experience
Resources
CCS Facility Services brings a comprehensive set of organizational resources designed to ensure reliable, scalable, and fully compliant service delivery. Our strength lies in the combination of local workforce depth, experienced leadership, dedicated support teams, and established infrastructure that together provide a low-risk, high-performance solution.

At the core of our capability is our substantial local presence. In the Orange County region, CCS supports a workforce of nearly 700 custodial employees, providing the scale, bench strength, and flexibility required to manage large, multi-site operations. This depth allows us to maintain consistent staffing levels, respond quickly to changing needs, and ensure uninterrupted service delivery across all facilities.

Our operations are supported by a structured management model that emphasizes accountability and responsiveness. Dedicated Account Managers serve as the primary point of contact, supported by local supervisors and regional leadership who provide ongoing oversight, quality assurance, and performance management. This layered approach ensures that issues are addressed quickly, communication remains clear, and service standards are consistently met.

CCS also deploys specialized support teams that are critical to operational success. Our Human Resources and recruiting teams maintain a continuous pipeline of qualified candidates, enabling rapid hiring, onboarding, and workforce stabilization. Our retention programs have resulted in turnover rates significantly below industry averages, supporting consistency and institutional knowledge within our teams.

In addition, CCS leverages strong procurement and vendor partnerships to ensure access to high-quality equipment, supplies, and consumables at competitive pricing. Our ability to standardize equipment and deploy resources efficiently across sites contributes to both operational consistency and cost control.

We further support our operations with established systems and processes that enhance visibility, accountability, and performance. From workforce management and attendance tracking to quality assurance and inspection protocols, CCS integrates technology and structured oversight to ensure contract compliance and continuous improvement.

Ultimately, CCS provides more than staffing—we deliver a fully resourced operational platform.

Our workforce scale, management structure, support teams, and infrastructure combine to offer clients a dependable partner capable of delivering consistent, high-quality custodial services at scale.
55 371
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Criterion B — qualifications & demonstrated
public safety facility experience
Support in Orange County
In the maps below, you’ll see our client sites represented by navy dots. Our local offices are the red dots. This map shows our client density in the area, which is unmatched, and below the maps please see our local workforce in Orange County alone. In neighboring Los Angeles, we have another branch that maintains another 450 cleaners and infrastructure to support them.

Our Orange County Branch is in nearby Costa Mesa. As of August 2026, we only have 5 job openings, which is less than 1% of our workforce. This showcases our ability to staff openings and maintain full coverage for our customers.

Our standard emergency response time is less than 1 hour, however we can meet the City of Garden Grove’s requirement of a 30 min on-call acknowledgement, and a 60 min on site response. As seen in our staffing plan and is outlined below, we have a team of 20 trusted, cross trained floaters. If awarded this contract, we will ensure that we send at least 3 of these folks through the proper background screening to always ensure full coverage for the City of Garden Grove.
56 Orange County Branch Workforce
Regional Vice President (1)
General Manager (1)
Account Manager (4)
Day Service (4)
Night Area Managers (10)
Floaters (20)
Floor Team (18)
Professional Cleaners: Day Porters & Night Janitors (650) 372
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
57 Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
Compliance posture: DIR registration history for the Proposer and designated subcontractors, and any record of labor law or payroll violations with final disposition by a public entity within the past three (3) years, which the committee may consider in scoring this criterion and in the City's responsibility determination.

DIR registration. CCS holds an active California Janitorial Contractor Registration with the Labor Commissioner under the Property Service Workers Protection Act (Labor Code §1420 et seq.), maintained continuously and without lapse or suspension. The registration certificate is submitted separately per the City's instructions, and current status is verifiable on the DIR public registry.

CCS Facility Services is one of the largest privately held janitorial and custodial services providers in the Western United States, employing thousands of team members across multiple states. Our Southern California operation alone employs more than 1,750 frontline and supervisory employees who collectively perform millions of labor hours annually.

As a large employer operating in California's highly regulated labor environment, CCS occasionally encounters employment-related claims. These matters should not be viewed as evidence of systemic compliance issues. When considered against the size of our workforce and the volume of hours worked, the number of claims represents a very small percentage of our overall employee population and employment activity.

Importantly, the majority of the matters listed below have been resolved through signed settlement agreements and are awaiting final court approval and closure. These cases do not represent ongoing operational disputes.

CCS remains committed to continuous improvement in workforce compliance and labor management. To support this commitment, the company has invested significantly in its people, processes, and technology, including the implementation of Workday, the industry's leading Human Capital Management (HCM) platform. Workday provides centralized employee data management, payroll administration, compliance reporting, training oversight, and workforce analytics, helping ensure consistent employment practices across the organization.

These investments are supported by dedicated Human Resources, Payroll, Operations, Safety, and Compliance teams that oversee labor practices, management training, employee relations, and regulatory compliance. CCS continuously reviews and enhances its policies and procedures to align with evolving employment laws and industry best practices.

The litigation matters disclosed on the following page should therefore be evaluated in the context of a large employer with a substantial workforce that has made significant investments in compliance infrastructure, workforce management systems, and operational controls designed to support lawful and consistent employment practices.
373
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
58 Criterion B — qualifications &
demonstrated public safety facility
experience
NotesCase DateCase No.CourtCase Name
Request for order directing
depublication of appeal –
denied – court declines to
review the matter
(6.17.2026)
4/27/2026S296430CA Supreme
Court
Jazmin Ayala-Ventura v.

CCS Facility Services –
Los Angeles, Inc., et al
Request for order directing
depublication of opinion –
denied – court declines to
review the matter, CCS
entitled to recover its costs
on appeal
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
4/22/2025F089695CA 5th District
Appeals Court
Jazmin Ayala-Ventura v.

CCS Facility Services –
Los Angeles, Inc., et al
Other employment
complaint case
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
12/5/202424STCV31985CA Los Angeles
County Superior
Court
Steven M Dovalina vs CCS
Facility Services
Other employment
complaint case
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
9/24/202424STCV24579CA Los Angeles
County Superior
Court
Cutderto Cortez Herrera
vs CCS Facility Services -
Los Angeles, INC.
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
8/29/202424CECG03802CA Fresno County
Superior Court
Jazmin Ayala-Ventura v.

CCS Facility Services –
Los Angeles, Inc., et al
Other employment
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
1/10/202525STCV00680CA Los Angeles
County Superior
Court
Yadira Garcia Rocha v.

CCS Facility Services –
Los Angeles, Inc., et al
Other employment
complaint case
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
9/30/202424STCV25409CA Los Angeles
County Superior
Court
Steven M Dovalina vs CCS
Facility Services
Other employment
*Signed settlement – awaiting
court approval
8/30/202424STCV22299CA Los Angeles
County Superior
Court
Michael Overton, et al v.

CCS Facility Services –
Los Angeles, Inc., et al
374
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
59 Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Cost Proposal
375
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
60 Exhibit C is complete for all three tiers
• Firm monthly and annual pricing is submitted for Tier 1 (Full Service), Tier 2 (Standard Service), and Tier 3 (Managed Service), each priced independently against the same facility data in Exhibit A — approximately 81,052 cleanable square feet, 29 restrooms, and a detention facility operating 365 days a year.
• No tier is priced as a discount off another. Each reflects the crew size, shift structure, and frequencies in the corresponding Exhibit H staffing plan, so the City can compare service levels against cost directly.

Required standalone line items are priced separately
• After-hours on-call custodial service — hourly rate (Section 5.1). • On-call biohazard and hazmat response — per-incident rate (Section 5.2). • Restricted-area special request services — hourly rate for each restricted area, listed individually (Section 5.4).
• Parking structure services — monthly weekly power sweeping, monthly custodian/porter service with proposed daily hours, and per-event quarterly deep cleaning.

Consumables are included — no pass-through billing
• All consumable supply costs under Section 6.1 are built into the monthly price for each tier. CCS proposes no separate consumables line item, no markup, and no pass-through billing at any tier. • Pricing holds firm through the initial term. Any adjustment in an option year would be proposed in writing in advance and is subject to the City’s sole discretion to exercise that year.

Criterion C — cost proposal
Completeness and reasonableness of the Cost Proposal: firm pricing for all three service tiers, all required standalone line items, and full inclusion of consumable supply costs in monthly tier pricing. 376
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Completeness of
Response &
References
61 Proposal for
Janitorial Services
377
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
62 References the City can verify
• Exhibit G presents three completed public safety facility reference contracts, each with the client agency and a current contact, facility type and address, contract term, approximate gross square footage, and scope including security and restricted-area protocols. • All referenced experience is CCS’s own — no subcontractor experience is used to satisfy the public safety facility requirement — and each contact has been notified that the City may call. • The Statement of Compliance is submitted with no exceptions taken to the RFP instructions and terms, the Janitorial Work Plan, or the draft Agreement and insurance requirements.

Criterion D — completeness of response
& references
Completeness of the submittal against the RFP’s required documents checklist, and verification of the reference contracts provided in Exhibit G.

PageRequired document
63Proposal Letter / Certificate of Acceptance (RFP pp. 11–12) 64Statement Regarding Insurance Coverage (RFP p. 13)
65Statement of Compliance (RFP p. 14)
66Non-Collusion Statement (RFP p. 15)
67Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols
68Exhibit C — Cost Proposal and Tiered Pricing Schedule (uploaded separately) 69Exhibit E — Contractor Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreements 70Exhibit G — Proposer References & Qualifications Form 71Exhibit H — Proposed Staffing Plan (uploaded separately) 72Chemical Product List and Safety Data Sheets
4–44Contractor Work Plan — Section 10.1 through 10.7, at each tier 378
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
63 Proposal Letter
379
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
64 Insurance Statement
380
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
65 Statement of Compliance
381
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
66 Non-Collusion Statement
382
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
67 Exhibit B
383
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
68 Exhibit C
This was uploaded separately per instructions on PlanetBids. 384
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
69 Exhibit E
385
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
70 Exhibit G
386
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
71 Exhibit H
This was uploaded separately per instructions on PlanetBids. 387
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Safety Data Sheets
72 Proposal for
Janitorial Services
388
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Cleaning Supplies
f) A list of cleaning supplies to be used and all OSHA-required MSDSs 389
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
74CCS FACILITY SERVICES
390
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
75CCS FACILITY SERVICES
391
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
76CCS FACILITY SERVICES
392
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
77CCS FACILITY SERVICES
393
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
78CCS FACILITY SERVICES
394
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
79CCS FACILITY SERVICES
395
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
80CCS FACILITY SERVICES
396
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
81CCS FACILITY SERVICES
397
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
82CCS FACILITY SERVICES
398
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
83CCS FACILITY SERVICES
399
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
84CCS FACILITY SERVICES
400
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
85CCS FACILITY SERVICES
401
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
86CCS FACILITY SERVICES
402
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
87CCS FACILITY SERVICES
403
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
88CCS FACILITY SERVICES
404
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
89CCS FACILITY SERVICES
405
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
90CCS FACILITY SERVICES
406
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
91CCS FACILITY SERVICES
407
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
92CCS FACILITY SERVICES
408
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
93CCS FACILITY SERVICES
409
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
94CCS FACILITY SERVICES
410
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
95CCS FACILITY SERVICES
411
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
96CCS FACILITY SERVICES
412
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
97CCS FACILITY SERVICES
413
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
98CCS FACILITY SERVICES
414
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
99CCS FACILITY SERVICES
415
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
100CCS FACILITY SERVICES
416
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
101CCS FACILITY SERVICES
417
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
102CCS FACILITY SERVICES
418
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
103CCS FACILITY SERVICES
419
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
104CCS FACILITY SERVICES
420
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
105CCS FACILITY SERVICES
421
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
106CCS FACILITY SERVICES
422
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
107CCS FACILITY SERVICES
423
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
108CCS FACILITY SERVICES
424
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
109CCS FACILITY SERVICES
425
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
110CCS FACILITY SERVICES
426
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
111CCS FACILITY SERVICES
427
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
112CCS FACILITY SERVICES
428
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
113CCS FACILITY SERVICES
429
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
114CCS FACILITY SERVICES
430
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
115CCS FACILITY SERVICES
431
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
116CCS FACILITY SERVICES
432
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
117CCS FACILITY SERVICES
433
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
118CCS FACILITY SERVICES
434
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
119CCS FACILITY SERVICES
435
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
120CCS FACILITY SERVICES
436
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
121CCS FACILITY SERVICES
437
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
122CCS FACILITY SERVICES
438
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
123CCS FACILITY SERVICES
439
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
124CCS FACILITY SERVICES
440
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
125CCS FACILITY SERVICES
441
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
126CCS FACILITY SERVICES
442
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
127CCS FACILITY SERVICES
443
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
128CCS FACILITY SERVICES
444
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
129CCS FACILITY SERVICES
445
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
130CCS FACILITY SERVICES
446
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
131CCS FACILITY SERVICES
447
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
132CCS FACILITY SERVICES
448
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
133CCS FACILITY SERVICES
449
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
134CCS FACILITY SERVICES
450
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
135CCS FACILITY SERVICES
451
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
136CCS FACILITY SERVICES
452
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
137CCS FACILITY SERVICES
453
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
138CCS FACILITY SERVICES
454
Proposal for
Janitorial Services
Thank You!
We look forward to supporting the
standard you’ve set: consistently,
reliably, and without compromise.
139
455

CONTRACT REFERENCE GUIDE

KEY CONTRACT TERMS
Recommended Contractor CCS Facility Services – Orange County, Inc.

Award Basis Top-ranked of 6 proposers evaluated (Total Score: 268.1 of 300) Awarded Service Tier Tier 2 – Standard Service, with City-discretion right to move up to Tier 1 or down to Tier 3 after a 30/60/90-day performance review Initial Term / Year 1 Cost One (1) year, $768,535 (firm, fixed pricing) Option Terms Up to four (4) additional one-year terms at the City's sole discretion — 5-year total value of approximately $3,842,675
Option Year Pricing CPI-U (LA–Long Beach–Anaheim) escalator applied annually, capped at 4%/year

SERVICE TIER COMPARISON
Tier 1 – Full Service
Tier 2 – Standard
Service

RECOMMENDED FOR
AWARD
Tier 3 – Managed
Service
Year 1 Contract Cost $839,971 $768,535 $653,431
Weekly Labor Hours 416 hrs/wk 376 hrs/wk 304 hrs/wk
Weekday Staffing
(Custodians / Porters) 5 Custodians / 3 Porters 4 Custodians / 3 Porters 4 Custodians / 2 Porters
Weekday Coverage 6:00 AM – 10:30 PM 6:00 AM – 10:30 PM 6:00 AM – 10:30 PM Weekend Staffing
(Custodians / Porters) 4 Custodians / 2 Porters 2 Custodians / 4 Porters 2 Custodians / 2 Porters
Weekend Coverage 6:00 AM – 11:30 PM 6:00 AM – 11:30 PM 6:00 AM – 11:30 PM After-Hours On-Call &
Biohazard Response Included Included Included

CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
● Scale & experience: CCS provides janitorial services to over 1,500 local government facilities nationwide and employs approximately 750 staff in Orange County.
● Current Orange County police department contracts: City of Fullerton, City of Rialto, City of Laguna Beach, City of Westminster, and City of Costa Mesa.
● Notable public safety references: San Bernardino County Sheriff's Office, Denver Police Department (80+ facilities), and Adams County, CO Detention Center — each requiring CJIS/LiveScan-cleared staff. ● Performance history: all three references contacted in Exhibit G document continuous service with no terminations for cause.

FACILITY SECURITY & SAFE TY COMPLIANCE
● Background clearance: every Public Safety Building-assigned employee completes DOJ/FBI LiveScan fingerprinting and City/GGPD background clearance before assignment; non-cleared individuals are replaced, not exempted. ● CJIS Security Awareness Training: certified before an employee's first day of service and refreshed annually, per FBI CJIS Security Policy.
● Signed confidentiality agreements: required for every employee and subcontractor before facility access, executed at the entity level at contract award.
● Restricted-area access: Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence, and IT/Server areas are cleaned only on a scheduled, PD -escorted basis
456
Facility Name New Public Safety Building
Address 11201 Acacia Parkway, Garden
Grove, CA 92840
Facility Type Police Department & Detention
Facility
Hours of Operation 24 Hours / 7 Days per Week
Estimated Building Opening August 2026
Space Type / Area APPA Classification Est. Sq. Ft. % of Building Notes Gross Square Footage (Total Building) — 103,181 100%
Architectural Dead Space / Non-assignable 8,211 8% Excluded from productive sq. ft. calculations
Non-Cleanable (Mechanical, Storage, Utility) Non-Cleanable 13,918 13% Excluded from productive sq. ft. calculations
Effective Cleanable Square Footage — 81,052 79% Used for staffing & cost proposals Offices / Workstations / Administration Office Space – Standard 42,685 41% Corridors / Lobbies / Public Areas Circulation / Public – Standard–High 18,296 18% Specialized Areas (Holding Cells, Booking,
Evidence, Armory, Gym, Sally Port) Specialized / Institutional – High 11,576 11% Security-constrained Locker Rooms (2 full locker rooms with
showers) Locker Room – Very High 6,025 6%
Restrooms (approx. 33 total) Restroom – Very High 2,470 2% Armory and Gun Cleaning Room 436 Gross SQFT; includes counter top area SWAT 1,215 Net SQFT; includes counter top area and
excludes space taken up by lockers
P&E (north and south) 2,662 Net SQFT; excludes shelving, fridges, and freezers
IT/Network Closets (MDF/IDFs/MPOE) 1,770 Gross SQFT; did not exclude rack space Specification Count / Detail Notes
Number of Floors 3
Number of Stairwells 3
Number of Elevators 3
Number of Parking Lots 303
Light Fixtures (Estimated) 1946
Number of Interior Windows 11
Level 1: (5) Lobby Public Service Counter,
Lobby Display Case, Cooridor Transaction
Window, Evidence Release Window,
Detention Secure Vestibule; Level 2: (4)
Eelvator Lobby Display Case, Open Office /
Lobby Overlook, Juvenile Monitoring
Window, Watch Command Window; Level
3: (2) Breakroom Windows
Number of Exterior Windows 362 ~14,100SF Exterior glazing accessible from interior
Interior Partition Glass / Doors 50 Door Sidelites: Level 1: (9), Level 2: (17), Level 3: (24)
Specification Count / Detail Notes
Approximate Staff in Building (Daily) 280
Approximate Persons Entering/Exiting per
Month Unknown
24/7 Operations (Police) Yes Impacts access scheduling and cleaning windows
Specification Count / Detail Notes
Total Number of Restrooms 29 Level 1: (12), Level 2: (7), Level 3: (10); Includes locker room restrooms
Full Locker Rooms with Showers 2 Very high cleaning intensity Number of Toilets 36 Level 1: (12), Level 2: (13), Level 3: (11) Number of Detention Lavatory / Waterclosests 7 Located within detention area holding cells Number of Urinals 7 Level 1: (3), Level 2: (4), Level 3: (0) Number of Showers 12 Located in locker rooms + sallyport Number of Sinks - Lavatories 37 Level 1: (13), Level 2: (13), Level 3: (11) Number of Sinks - Kitchen Sinks 24 Level 1: (8), Level 2: (11), Level 3: (5) Number of Sinks - Utility Sinks 4 Level 1: (2), Level 2: (1), Level 3: (1) Waterfountains 5 Level 1: (3), Level 2: (1), Level 3: (1) Total Paper Towel Dispensers 35 City supplies consumables (paper towels, soap, toilet paper, seat covers)
Total Soap Dispensers 59 City supplies consumables
Total Toilet Tissue Dispensers 43
City supplies consumables, includes two
roll holders at typical toilets and single roll
at detention holding cell toilets
Number of Kitchen Areas 1 Primary Breakroom on Level 3 has a residential stove, is not full
Number of Kitchenettes / Break Rooms 16 Level 1: (6), Level 2: (6), Level 3: (4) Number of Lactation Rooms 2 Level 1: (0), Level 2: (2), Level 3: (0) Floor Type Approx. Location(s) Est. Sq. Ft. Notes
Terrazzo Main Lobby / Entry 1,616
Requires manufacturer-specified
maintenance protocol; specialized
equipment required [TRF 101/102]
Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT) Offices, Corridors 28,462
Stripping, waxing, and buffing required.
[RFT101], [RFT103], [RFT104], [RFT105],
[RFT107], [RFT108]
Ceramic Tile Restrooms, Locker Rooms 3,164 [TL101], [TL104] Carpet Administrative Areas 37,454 Extraction shampooing required [CPT101] [CPT102], [CPT103], [CPT104]
Sealed Concrete Parking / Utility 8,242 [CF101] (Does not include exterior sealed concrete, ie. Sallyport)
Rubber / Gym Flooring Specialized / Institutional – High 1,903 Requires manufacturer-specified
maintenance protocol; specialized
equipment required [RFT102]
SECTION 3 – BUILDING PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CITY OF GARDEN GROVE · PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
CUSTODIAL SERVICES RFP – FACILITY SPECIFICATION SHEET Exhibit A
SECTION 1 – FACILITY OVERVIEW
SECTION 2 – SQUARE FOOTAGE
SECTION 4 – STAFF & OCCUPANCY
SECTION 5 – RESTROOMS, FIXTURES & DISPENSERS
SECTION 6 – FLOOR TYPES (Contractors must describe proposed maintenance method for each type in proposal) 457
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 1 of 7

EXHIBIT B

SAFETY STANDARDS & PROTOCOLS
Public Safety Building Custodial Services
City of Garden Grove — 11301 Acacia Parkway

This Exhibit establishes the mandatory safety, security, and personnel standards applicable to all Contractor and subcontractor employees performing custodial services at the City of Garden Grove Public Safety Building (PSB). These requirements are non-negotiable and are incorporated by reference into the Contract.

Contractor’s proposal must affirmatively acknowledge and address ea ch section of this Exhibit to be considered responsive. Failure to comply with any provision during the contract term is grounds for corrective action, suspension of work, or termination.

SECTION 1 — EMPLOYEE APPROVAL & DISQUALIFICATION

STANDARDS
The City retains the absolute right to approve or disapprove any Contractor employee performing work under this Contract, including any proposed personnel changes. The following standards govern disqualification from assignment to City facilities.

1.1 Automatic Disqualifying Offenses
Contractor employees shall not be permitted to perform services if they have a history of any of the following:

• High-grade misdemeanor conviction
• Misdemeanor theft conviction
• Any felony conviction
• Conviction for a sex offense
• Military discharge classified as dishonorable, bad conduct, or undesirable • Any conviction that would preclude the employee from receiving bond • Conviction for DUI or reckless driving within the last seven (7) years • Pattern of irresponsible behavior, including unsatisfactory driving or employment records • Pattern of recent or habitual illegal drug use

1.2 Ongoing Clearance & Revocation
All Contractor employees performing services under this Contract — including Lead Custodians, supervisors, and the Contractor’s Project Manager — must undergo and pass a background investigation satisfactory to 458
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 2 of 7
the City prior to commencing work. The City r eserves the right to revoke clearance at any time based on subsequent arrests, investigations, or other adverse information obtained during the contract term.

Requirement Standard / Detail
Pre-assignment background
investigation
Required for all Contract or personnel prior to commencement of work.

Satisfactory results required Background investigation results must be satisfactory to the City before any employee may begin service.

City revocation right The City may revoke clearance at any time upon discovery of a new arrest, charge, or other adverse information.

Existing employees at contract
renewal
Re-verification is not required for employees who were
continuously cleared under the prior contract term.

New mid-contract employees Any employee added after contract commencement must complete the full background investigation before their first day of service.

SECTION 2 — PRE-EMPLOYMENT VETTING REQUIREMENTS
The following vetting requirements apply to all Contractor employees assigned to the Police Department building. All background investigations shall be conducted through a City -approved third-party vendor at the Contractor’s expense, regardless of outcome.

Requirement Standard / Detail
Criminal Background Check Comprehensive national criminal history check required, including felony and misdemeanor records, sex-offender registry, and Denied-Party screening (covering 50+ U.S. and international watch lists). Must be completed prior to first day of service.

Disqualifying Criminal History Automatic disqualification applies for: high -grade misdemeanor conviction; misdemeanor theft conviction; any felony conviction; sex offense conviction; dishonorable, bad -conduct, or
undesirable military discharge; any conviction precluding bonding; DUI or reckless driving within the last seven (7) years; or a pattern of irresponsible behavior or habitual illegal drug use.

Fingerprint-Based Check (CJIS) State and national fingerprint -based criminal history check required for all employees accessing non-public, CJI-adjacent, or restricted areas, consistent with FBI CJIS Security Policy standards.

Employment Verification Minimum five (5) -year lookback on prior employment history required.
459
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 3 of 7
Requirement Standard / Detail
Form I-9 / Work Authorization USCIS Form I -9 required for every employee; stored separately from personnel file. Non -U.S. citizens shall be tracked per applicable foreign national protocols.

TB Testing Annual tuberculosis test required; written proof of results must be submitted to the City Contract Manager.

Drug Screening Pre-employment and reasonable-suspicion drug testing program is required. Contractor must describe their testing program in the proposal.

CJIS Security Awareness
Training
All Contractor employees must complete CJIS Security
Awareness Training before commencing work. Documentation of completion must be provided to the City Contract Manager upon request.

SECTION 3 — CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL CONDUCT & SECURITY

OBLIGATIONS
The following conduct standards apply to all Contractor and subcontractor personnel while on City property.

These requirements must be addressed in the Contractor’s proposal and are incorporated into any resulting Contract.

3.1 General Security Conduct
• Doors must never be propped open or left unattended during services, including during trash removal.

All entrance and exit doors must remain locked at all times. • Contractor employees must enter and exit only through locations designated by the City Project Manager or the on-duty Watch Commander.
• Only lights necessary for cleaning the immediate work area shall be used. Lights must be turned off and doors locked upon leaving any cleaned area.
• Contractor employees must not disturb papers on desks, open drawers or cabinets, use City telephones, radios, or televisions, or tamper with any City or personal property. • Lost-and-found articles must be turned in to the on-duty Watch Commander. • Hazardous, emergency, or security conditions must be reported to the on -duty Watch Commander within the same working shift in which they are discovered. • Contractor employees are subject to authorized searches by City or Police Department staff at any time while on City property.
• No unauthorized tours or visits are permitted. Persons not previously approved by the City Project Director are not permitted on the premises.
460
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 4 of 7
• All conduct standards apply equally to subcontractor personnel.

3.2 Prohibited Items & Persons on Premises
The following are strictly prohibited in all City facilities:

• Visitors brought by Contractor employees. No unauthorized persons may be on City premises. • Weapons or contraband of any kind.
• Alcohol or illegal drugs. Contractor employees must not report to work under the influence of either.

SECTION 4 — UNIFORM, IDENTIFICATION & BADGING
All Contractor personnel must be visually identifiable and credentialed at all times while on City property.

Requirement Standard / Detail
Company-logo uniform required Contractor employees must wear a company-logo uniform that is visually distinguishable from City and Police Department staff uniforms at all times while on City property.

Uniform approval Uniform design — including color, logo, and style — requires written City approval prior to the contract start date.

Photo ID badge Contractor employees must display a company -issued photo ID badge at all times while on City property.

City-issued access badge return City-issued access badges must be returned immediately upon employee separation. The cost of any unreturned badge,
including any required rep rogramming or replacement, is the Contractor’s sole financial responsibility.

Employee change notification Contractor must notify the City Contract Manager within one (1) business day of any employee termination, suspension, or unplanned absence, including the name and credentials of any proposed substitute.

Substitute employee approval Substitute employees must receive City approval before accessing the facility for the first time.

Removal for non-compliance Contractor personnel found on City property without proper identification or a valid access badge may be immediately removed from the facility.

461
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 5 of 7
SECTION 5 — ACCESS CONTROL & KEY MANAGEMENT
Access to City facilities must be strictly controlled and fully auditable at all times.

Requirement Standard / Detail
No key duplication Keys and keycards issued to Contractor employees shall never be duplicated under any circumstances.

Lost or missing keys/keycards Loss or disappearance of any key or keycard must be reported to the City Contract Manager immediately. The cost of any required rekeying or reprogramming is the Contractor’s sole financial responsibility.

No master key access Contractor employees shall not possess or be issued master keys. Area-specific access shall be limited to the Contractor’s pre- approved cleaning schedule for that area.

Roster maintenance A complete and current roster of all Contractor employees assigned to the facility shall be maintained and provided to the City Contract Manager within twenty -four (24) hours of any change.

Electronic access audit Electronic access card records are subject to audit by the Police Department at any time and without prior notice.

SECTION 6 — RESTRICTED vs. UNRESTRICTED AREA PROTOCOLS
The Public Safety Building is divided into access zones. Contractor employees are authorized to perform custodial services only in accordance with the zone classifications and associated protocols defined below.

Contractor employees shall not access any zone above their assigned clearance leve l under any circumstances.

Security
Classification Areas / Zones Custodial Protocol
Unrestricted —
Unaccompanied
Access
Lobbies, Public Corridors, Common
Areas, Break Rooms, Conference &
Briefing Rooms, Open Office Areas
(cubicles), Restrooms, Locker
Rooms, Parking Garage
Regular cleaning per approved
Contractor Work Plan, without escort.

Highest Restriction
— Escorted Access
Only
Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence,
IT/Network Closets, IFP Rooms, IT
Server Rooms, Jail/Booking Area
Custodial work permitted with sworn
officer or authorized civilian escort
only. Advanced scheduling required.

No unescorted access at any time.

462
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 6 of 7
Requirement Standard / Detail
Written zone notification Contractor employees shall be informed in writing of their assigned zone(s) prior to their first day of service.

No unauthorized zone access No Contractor employee may access a zone above their assigned clearance level under any circumstances, including in cases of operational urgency.

Escorted access scheduling Custodial work in Highest Restriction areas must be scheduled in advance with the designated Police Department and Public Works Department contact. Unscheduled or unescorted entry is not permitted.

SECTION 7 — CONFIDENTIALITY
Contractor must maintain the confidentiality of all records, information, and observations made in the course of providing services, in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, ordinances, directives, and City policies concerning information technology security and the protection of confidential records.

Requirement Standard / Detail
Confidentiality obligation Contractor must maintain full confidentiality of all records, information, and observations encountered during service delivery. This obligation survives the termination or expiration of the Contract.

Employee acknowledgement Every Contractor employee must sign the Contractor Employee Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreement prior to commencing work. Signed agreements must be provided to the City Contract Manager upon request.

Subcontractor coverage Confidentiality obligations extend to all subcontractor personnel.

Contractor is responsible for obtaining executed agreements from all subcontractor employees.

SECTION 8 — PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
To be considered responsive, the Contractor’s proposal must include the following documentation and written statements in a dedicated section titled “Safety Standards & Protocols — Exhib it B Response.” • Written affirmation of compliance with all standards set forth in Sections 1 through 7 of this Exhibit (Refer to Contractor Acknowledgement signature below).
• Contractor’s background investigation procedures, including the name of the City-approved third - party vendor to be used.
463
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit B Exhibit B — Safety Standards & Protocols | Page 7 of 7
• Contractor’s CJIS Security Awareness Training program description, including provider information and documentation of employee completion before contract start date. • Contractor’s drug testing program desc ription, including pre-employment and reasonable -suspicion protocols.
• Sample company uniform design or description submitted for City approval consideration. • Executed Exhibit E (Contractor Employee Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreement) for all proposed key personnel, or confirmation that executed agreements will be obtained prior to contract start.
• Signed acknowledgement that all subcontractors are subject to and will comply with the requirements of this Exhibit.

CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
By submitting a proposal, Contractor acknowledges receipt of this Exhibit B and affirms that it has read, understands, and agrees to comply with all standards and requirements contained herein. Contractor further acknowledges that these standards will be incorporated into any resulting Contract and that non-compliance is grounds for corrective action, suspension, or termination.

Authorized Signature Date
Printed Name & Title Company Name
August 12, 2026
Ryan Bunn, Vice President CCS Facility Services - Orange County, Inc. 464
465
466
467
468
Exhibit E
469
Exhibit G
470
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit G Exhibit G — Page 1 of 3

EXHIBIT G

PROPOSER REFERENCES & QUALIFICATIONS FORM
Public Safety Building Custodial Services — City of Garden Grove, 11301 Acacia Parkway INSTRUCTIONS: This form must be completed in full, signed by an authorized representative, and submitted with the proposal.

This form and its attachments will be used to verify compliance with the Minimum Mandatory Requirements (MMRs) stated in the RFP and Section 10.7 of the Janitorial Work Plan. Failure to complete any portion of this form, failure to attach required documentation, or failure to satisfy any MMR will render the proposal non-responsive and eliminate it from further consideration. Additional sheets may be attached if needed; label each attachment "Exhibit G — Continued." PART 1 — PROPOSER INFORMATION
Legal Business Name
DBA (if applicable)
Business Address
Business Structure ☐ Corporation ☐ LLC ☐ Partnership ☐ Sole Proprietorship ☐ Other:
______________
Years in Business Under Current Name
Authorized Contact Name & Title
Telephone / Email
CA Janitorial Contractor Registration
No. (Labor Code §1420 et seq.)
Registration Expiration Date __________________ ☐ Copy of current registration attached (REQUIRED) PART 2 — MINIMUM MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS CERTIFICATION
Check "Yes" or "No" for each requirement. A "No" response to any item below will render the proposal non-responsive.

No. Minimum Mandatory Requirement Yes No
MMR-
1 Proposer has a minimum of five (5) years of continuous or cumulative experience, within the last seven (7) years, providing custodial services in a public safety facility (active law enforcement, correctional, detention, or similarly security-sensitive governmental facility operating 24/7). Subcontractor experience may NOT be used to satisfy this requirement. ☐ ☐
MMR-
2 Proposer holds an active California Janitorial Contractor Registration with the California Labor Commissioner pursuant to the Property Service Workers Protection Act (California Labor Code §1420 et seq.), and proof is attached to this form. ☐ ☐
MMR-
3 Proposer has provided three (3) completed reference contracts in Part 4 of this form, at least one of which verifies the public safety facility experience required by MMR-1. ☐ ☐ PART 3 — PUBLIC SAFETY FACILITY EXPERIENCE SUMMARY (MMR-1) List each contract used to satisfy the five (5) years of public safety facility experience within the last seven (7) years. Experience must be that of the Proposer as prime contractor; subcontractor experience will not be counted. Contracts listed here may also appear as references in Part 4.

Client Agency / Facility Name Facility Type (law enforcement, detention, etc.)
Start Date
(Mo/Yr)
End Date
(Mo/Yr)
Total
Months
CCS Facility Services - Orange County, Inc.

X
38 years
Ryan Bunn
m 310 299 6698, [email protected]
3001 Red Hill Ave Bld. #6-220, Costa Mesa, CA 92626
X
JS-LR-1001235067
March 30, 2027
X
X
X
Adams County, CO Detention Center May 2017 Still a current customer
111 months
City of Claremont, CA Police Department March 2025 Still a current customer
18 months
471
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit G Exhibit G — Page 2 of 3
Client Agency / Facility Name Facility Type (law enforcement, detention, etc.)
Start Date
(Mo/Yr)
End Date
(Mo/Yr)
Total
Months
TOTAL CUMULATIVE PUBLIC SAFETY FACILITY EXPERIENCE (must equal or exceed 60 months) PART 4 — REFERENCES
Provide three (3) completed reference contracts for which the same or similar scope of services was performed. At least one reference must verify the public safety facility experience required by MMR-1. The City may contact any reference and may consider information obtained from sources other than those listed. It is the Proposer's sole responsibility to ensure that a ll reference information is accurate and that contacts are reachable during the evaluation period.

REFERENCE 1
Client Agency Name
Contact Name & Title
Contact Telephone / Email
Facility Type & Address
Contract Term (Start – End, Mo/Yr)
Approximate Gross Square Footage
Serviced
Scope of Services — including any
security protocols, background
clearance, or restricted-area access
requirements
Verifies MMR-1 Public Safety Facility
Experience? ☐ Yes ☐ No
REFERENCE 2
Client Agency Name
Contact Name & Title
Contact Telephone / Email
Facility Type & Address
Contract Term (Start – End, Mo/Yr)
Approximate Gross Square Footage
Serviced
Scope of Services — including any
security protocols, background
clearance, or restricted-area access
requirements
Adams County, CO
April VanBeest, Environmental Services Supervisor, Facilities & Fleet Management Detention Facility at 150 N. 19th Avenue, Brighton, CO
City address is: 4430 S. Adams County Parkway, Suite E4009, Brighton, CO 80601 o: 720.523.6005 m: 303.241.1352 | [email protected] May 2017-Present
Portfolio total: 1.5m sq ft
Detention Facility: approximately 342k sq ft
Specialized floor technicians required on night shift in detention facility. Sheriff and CJIS background screening required, as well as thorough on-shift security requirements. 2 month waiting period for badges. Restricted-area protocols prohibit bringing items like knives, glass, or lighters into secured zones, require pre-approved and logged equipment check-in/out, ban unattended tools or unsupervised inmate conversations, and mandate quarterly on-site security- awareness training.

X
City of Claremont, CA
Cari Dillman, Community Services Manager
(909) 399-5431, [email protected]
Police Department: 570 W Bonita Ave, Claremont, CA 91711 City address: 1616 Monte Vista Avenue, Claremont. CA 91711 March 2025-Present
Approximately 10,000 sq ft
Standard and comprehensive janitorial services. Background screening includes a LiveScan required prior to receiving a badge. Badge must be worn at all times. No non-employees allowed on site, no duplicating building keys (extras only from the Contract Administrator), and work confined to the 10 p.m.–6 a.m San Bernardino County Sheriff Office Sheriff's Office Nov 2025 Still a customer 10 months City of Westminster Police Department March 2019 Still a customer 90 months 229 months
472
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit G Exhibit G — Page 3 of 3
Verifies MMR-1 Public Safety Facility
Experience? ☐ Yes ☐ No
REFERENCE 3
Client Agency Name
Contact Name & Title
Contact Telephone / Email
Facility Type & Address
Contract Term (Start – End, Mo/Yr)
Approximate Gross Square Footage
Serviced
Scope of Services — including any
security protocols, background
clearance, or restricted-area access
requirements
Verifies MMR-1 Public Safety Facility
Experience? ☐ Yes ☐ No
PART 5 — CERTIFICATION
By signing below, the undersigned certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that: (1) they are authorized to bind the Proposer; (2) all information provided in this form and its attachments is true, accurate, and complete; (3) the Proposer authorizes the City of Garden Grove to contact all references listed and to verify all information provided; and (4) the Proposer understands that any misrepresentation or omission may result in rejection of the proposal, or termination o f any resulting contract.

Signature of Authorized Representative Date
Printed Name & Title Legal Business Name of Proposer
X
X
Ryan Bunn CCS Facility Services - Orange County, Inc.

August 13, 2026
City of Westminster, CA
Adolfo Andrade, Facilities
714-715-0258, [email protected]
Police Department, 8200 Westminster Blvd., Westminster, CA 92683 March 2019-Present
Approximately 88k for Police Department
Standard and comprehensive janitorial services. Background screening includes a LiveScan required prior to receiving a badge. Badge must be worn at all times.
473
State of California
Department of Industrial Relations
Division of Labor Standards Enforcement
Licensing & Registration Unit
1515 Clay Street, Ste. 1902
Oakland, CA 94612
Janitorial Services Registration

REGISTRANT WITH EMPLOYEES
Effective Date
3/30/2026
Expiration Date
3/30/2027
CCS Facility Services - Orange County Inc.
3001 Red Hill Avenue
Costa Mesa, CA 92626
Self Insured

POST IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE

ALTERATIONS WILL VOID THIS REGISTRATION
Registration Number:

JS-LR-1001235067
474
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit H Exhibit H — Page 1 of 4

EXHIBIT H

PROPOSED STAFFING PLAN
Public Safety Building Custodial Services — City of Garden Grove, 11301 Acacia Parkway INSTRUCTIONS: This form must be completed in full for ALL THREE service tiers, signed by an authorized representative, and submitted with the proposal as part of the Contractor Work Plan (Janitorial Work Plan, Sections 2 and 10.1). Proposed staffing must meet or exceed the minimum staffing floors in Work Plan Sections

1.3, 2.1, and 2.2. The City will evaluate staffing feasibility and adequacy as a scored element of proposal evaluation. Failure to complete any portion of this form, or proposing staffing below any minimum floor, will render the proposal non-responsive. Additional sheets may be attached if needed; label each attachment “Exhibit H — continued.”
PART 1 — KEY PERSONNEL

CONTRACTOR PROJECT MANAGER
Name
Years of custodial management /
supervisory experience
Public safety facility experience
(facility, role, dates)
24/7 contact telephone
Email
Proposed Lead Custodian Years of Custodial
Experience
Public Safety Facility
Experience? (Y/N — facility
name)
Shift to be
Assigned (AM /
PM)

1. 2.

3. NOTE: One designated Lead Custodian is required on every weekday shift at every tier. All personnel listed above are subject to DOJ/FBI LiveScan fingerprint-based background clearance and GGPD approval, and must execute Exhibit E (Contractor Employee Acknowledgement and Confidentiality Agreement), before their first day of on-site service. List additional Lead Custodians on an attached sheet if needed.

PART 2 — WEEKDAY SHIFT SCHEDULE & STAFFING BY TIER
Minimums (all tiers): 2 custodians per shift, one of whom must be a designated Lead Custodian. No service gap is permitted between the AM and PM shifts. Entries below or outside these limits render the proposal non-responsive.

WEEKDAY (MON–FRI) Tier 1 — Full Service Tier 2 — Standard Service
Tier 3 — Managed
Service
AM SHIFT — start no later than 6:00 a.m.

Shift start time
Shift end time
Number of custodians
Erryn Moreno
Currently manages the Police Department for the City of Costa Mesa as well as the Police Department for the City of Laguna Beach for CCS.

Over 5 years of Account Management experience in janitorial services.

Yes, managing the City of Signal Hill
Police Department.

AM1+
949 244 8682
[email protected]
Maria Guadalupe Montalvo
Santa Gomez de Espitia 5+ Yes, currently working at the City of Fullerton Police Department
AM
PMJose Dominguez ~1 No
Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 9am
Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 9am
Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 9am
Shift 1: 2:30 pm
Shift 2: 5:30 pm
Shift 1: 2:30 pm
Shift 2: 5:30 pm
Shift 1: 2:30 pm
Shift 2: 5:30pm
2 - Shift 1 2 - Shift 1 2 - Shift 1
475
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit H Exhibit H — Page 2 of 4
Number of porters
Lead Custodian assigned (name)
PM SHIFT — start no later than 2:00 p.m.

Shift start time
Shift end time
Number of custodians
Number of porters
Lead Custodian assigned (name)
Describe how continuous coverage between the weekday AM and PM shifts is maintained (no service gap permitted):

PART 3 — WEEKEND SHIFT SCHEDULE & STAFFING BY TIER
Weekend minimums per shift: Tier 1 — 2 custodians + 1 porter; Tier 2 — 1 custodian + 2 porters; Tier 3 — 1 custodian + 1 porter.

No Lead Custodian is required on weekends (Work Plan Section 2.2).

WEEKEND (SAT–SUN) Tier 1 — Full Service Tier 2 — Standard Service
Tier 3 — Managed
Service
AM SHIFT — start no later than 8:00 a.m.

Shift start time
Shift end time
Number of custodians
Number of porters
PM SHIFT — start no later than 3:00 p.m.

Shift start time
Shift end time
Number of custodians
Number of porters
PART 4 — TOTAL PROPOSED WEEKLY LABOR HOURS
State total on-site labor hours per week at each tier. These figures will be used to evaluate staffing adequacy against the facility's cleanable square footage (Exhibit A) and the cleaning frequencies in Work Plan Section 3. 2 (1 - 1st Shift, 1 - Shift 2) 1 - Shift 1
Maria Maria Maria
Jose Jose Jose
3 2 2
1 1 1
Shift 1: 2pm Shift 1: 2pm
Shift 1: 10:30pm Shift 1: 10:30pm
CCS Facility Services is proposing split shift start times for all 3 tiers, ensuring that there is coverage during all hours.

Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 8am
Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 8 am
Shift 1: 2:30pm
Shift 2: 4:30pm
Shift 1: 2:30pm
Shift 2: 4:30pm
2 1 1
1 2 1
Shift 1: 2pm
Shift 2: 3pm
Shift 1: 2pm
Shift 2: 3pm
Shift 1: 10:30pm
Shift 2: 11:30pm
Shift 1: 10:30pm
Shift 2: 11:30pm
2 1 1
1 2 1
2 (1 - 1st Shift, 1 - Shift 2)
Shift 1: 6am
Shift 2: 8 am
Shift 1: 2:30pm
Shift 2: 4:30pm
Shift 1: 2pm
Shift 2: 3pm
Shift 1: 10:30pm
Shift 2: 11:30pm
Shift 1: 2pm
Shift 1: 10:30pm
476
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit H Exhibit H — Page 3 of 4

TOTAL PROPOSED ON-SITE LABOR
HOURS Tier 1 — Full Service Tier 2 — Standard
Service
Tier 3 — Managed
Service
Weekday hours per week (all shifts,
all personnel)
Weekend hours per week (all
shifts, all personnel)

TOTAL HOURS PER WEEK
PART 5 — CREW SIZE JUSTIFICATION
For each tier, briefly explain why the proposed crew size and schedule are sufficient to deliver the cleaning tasks and frequencies required by Work Plan Section 3 at that tier. Include the productivity assumption used (square feet per custodian per shift).

TIER 1 — FULL SERVICE
TIER 2 — STANDARD SERVICE
TIER 3 — MANAGED SERVICE
320 280 240
96 96 64
Tier 1 (Full Service) staffs AM at Section 1.3's 2-custodian floor + 2 Porters, and PM at 3 Custodians + 1 Porter. The 3rd PM Custodian performs additional detailed general cleaning outside normal business hours, reflecting Full Service's higher standard. One of AM's 2 Porters works a staggered 9:00 a.m.-5:30 p.m. schedule, bridging into PM's window and providing double-Porter coverage during the RFP's stated Public Hours (8am-5pm) while PM's dedicated Porter covers the 2:00 p.m.-10:30 p.m. close. General cleaning production rate: ~2,532 SF/hour/shift (blended Office Standard + Circulation Standard-
High, per Exhibit A's APPA Classifications). Total: 8 people/day.

Tier 2 (Standard Service) staffs AM at the 2-custodian floor + 2 Porters, and PM at the 2-custodian floor + 1 Porter. As with Tier 1, one of AM's 2 Porters works a staggered 9:00 a.m.-5:30 p.m. schedule to maintain double-Porter coverage during
peak Public Hours without stationing 2 Porters through the lower-traffic evening. General cleaning production rate: 2,895 SF/hour/shift, per Exhibit A's APPA Classifications. Total: 7 people/day.

Tier 3 (Managed Service) staffs both AM and PM shifts identically at the 2-custodian floor, plus 1 Porter present for the full shift, matching Section 3.1's "Once per Shift" fixture-cleaning frequency at this tier and Section 2.2's weekend Porter count exactly. At 3,377 SF/hour/shift blended production rate, 2 custodians cover roughly 74% of the general-cleaning pool (Office + Circulation) in a single daily pass; the remainder is absorbed through normal zone rotation since Section 3.2's own frequency table requires daily service only on trash and carpet vacuuming, with most other tasks weekly or less.

Total: 6 people/day.
416 376 304
477
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit H Exhibit H — Page 4 of 4
PART 6 — SUBSTITUTE COVERAGE PLAN FOR UNPLANNED ABSENCES Only background-cleared, GGPD-approved personnel may enter the facility. Same-day substitution with uncleared personnel is prohibited; the substitute plan must rely on a pre-cleared bench.

Number of background-cleared
substitute personnel to be
maintained on bench
How and when the City's Project
Manager will be notified of an
unplanned absence
How minimum staffing floors will be
maintained during an unplanned
absence
PART 7 — STAFFING COMPLIANCE CHECKLIST
Check “Yes” or “No” for each item. A “No” response to any item will render the proposal non-responsive.

No. Staffing Compliance Item Yes No
H-1
Every weekday shift (AM and PM), at every tier, is staffed with a minimum of two (2) custodians, one of whom is a designated Lead Custodian (Work Plan Sections 1.3 and

2.1).
☐ ☐
H-2 No service gap exists between the end of the weekday AM shift and the start of the weekday PM shift at any tier (Work Plan Section 2.1). ☐ ☐ H-3 Weekend staffing meets or exceeds the tier-specific minimums in Work Plan Section

2.2 for every tier priced. ☐ ☐
H-4
All personnel listed on this form, and all substitute personnel, will complete DOJ/FBI LiveScan background clearance, receive GGPD approval, and execute Exhibit E before their first day of on-site service (Exhibit B).
☐ ☐
H-5 The Contractor Project Manager is reachable 24/7 at the telephone number listed in Part 1. ☐ ☐
PART 8 — CERTIFICATION
By signing below, the undersigned certifies under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that:
(1) they are authorized to bind the Proposer; (2) the staffing information provided in this form is true, accurate, and complete; (3) the Proposer commits to staffing the facility at or above the levels stated in this form for the tier awarded; and (4) the Proposer understands that staffing below the levels stated in this form, or below the minimum staffing floors of the Janitorial Work Plan, constitutes a material breach of any resulting contract.

Signature of Authorized Representative Date
Printed Name & Title Legal Business Name of Proposer
August 12, 2026
CCS Facility Services - Orange County, Inc. Ryan Bunn, Vice President X
X
X
X
X
CCS Facility Services typically cross trains and completes background checks for an additional 10% of FTEs for a given program, however based on the intensity of these background screening requirements, we would ensure that an additional 20% of FTEs have the required background completed.

The City's Project Manager will be notified within an hour of an unplanned absence. We track this using our biometric geofencing technology, Findd. Findd automatically raises a red flag to leadership when one of our employees does not clock in when and where they should be.

CCS Facility Services maintains a pool of cross trained floaters. We will ensure that at least 20% of the assigned staff can be easily replaced with our floaters by completing background screening and training ahead of any absenteeism. 478
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 1 of 7

EXHIBIT I

PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY (PRS)
Public Safety Building Custodial Services — City of Garden Grove, 11301 Acacia Parkway

PURPOSE AND APPLICATION
This Exhibit establishes (1) the fixed liquidated damages schedule (the “PRS Chart,” Part 2) applicable to specified performance failures; (2) the pro rata deduction formulas applicable to whole-unit non-performance (Part 3); (3) the enabling contract provisions governing withholding, deduction, and cure (Part 4); and (4) the standardized inspection checklist referenced in Janitorial Work Plan Section 9.2 (Part 5). This Exhibit applies to the Public Safety Building and its parking structure only. It supplements — and does not replace — the deficiency classifications and corrective action timeframes of Janitorial Work Plan Section 9.3 and the consequences of non-performance in Section 9.4.

Proposers: The deduction amounts in this Exhibit are contract terms, not negotiable items. Proposal pricing should reflect th e proposer’s assessment of its own ability to perform. Submission of a proposal constitutes acceptance of this Exhibit in full.

PART 1 — HOW THIS EXHIBIT OPERATES
Enforcement follows a documented, graduated sequence. No deduction is taken without a written record.

STEP ACTION RESPONSIBLE / TIMING

1. Document
Deficiency identified through formal shift inspection,
monthly scored audit (Work Plan Section 9.2), shift
completion log review (Section 9.5), or report from
facility occupants. Deficiency is classified per Work
Plan Section 9.3 (Minor / Significant / Emergency-
Biohazard).

City’s Public Works Custodial Supervisor; at time of
discovery.

2. Notify & Cure
Written Contract Discrepancy Report (CDR) issued to
the Contractor’s Project Manager stating the
deficiency, its classification, and the corrective
action timeframe under Work Plan Section 9.3
(Minor: 24 hours; Significant: 4 hours;
Emergency/Biohazard: response standards of Work
Plan Section 5.3).

City’s Custodial Supervisor; same business day as
discovery. Contractor may respond with contrary
evidence per Part 4, Section 7.

3. Assess
If the deficiency is not corrected within the required
timeframe, the applicable fixed amount from the
PRS Chart (Part 2) accrues, or the pro rata formula
(Part 3) applies for whole-unit non-performance.

EXCEPTION: Category A (Security & Access)
violations are assessed per occurrence with no cure
period, given the nature of the facility.

Automatic upon expiration of cure period (or upon
occurrence, for Category A). No calculation
discretion required.

4. Reconcile
All amounts accrued during the billing month are
tallied once, netted against the Contractor’s next
monthly invoice, and transmitted to the Contractor
with a written description of each item, the CDR
reference, and the amount deducted.

City’s Custodial Supervisor with Finance; one
reconciliation per month, concurrent with invoice
approval.

479
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 2 of 7
PART 2 — PRS CHART: FIXED LIQUIDATED DAMAGES SCHEDULE
The amounts below are fixed liquidated damages, pre-agreed by the parties as reasonable estimates of the City’s damages pursuant to Part 4, Section 4. Each amount is assessed per the unit stated (per occurrence, per day, per shift, or per person) and requires no computation beyond counting units.

Category A — Security & Access (assessed per occurrence; no cure period) Because the Public Safety Building is a sworn law enforcement facility, security violations cause immediate, non- correctable harm. Category A amounts are assessed upon occurrence, in addition to the City’s right to require immediate removal of the employee involved (Work Plan Section 9.4).

NO. REQUIREMENT STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE /

SOURCE DEDUCTION TO BE ASSESSED
A-1 Uncleared or unapproved
personnel
Any person performing Work, or present
on the premises in connection with the
Work, who has not completed DOJ/FBI
LiveScan clearance, received GGPD
approval, and executed Exhibit E prior to
first on-site service (Exhibit B; Work Plan
Section 7.1).
$500 per person, per occurrence;
person removed immediately
A-2 Unescorted or unscheduled
restricted-area entry
Entry into any Highest Restriction area
(Armory, SWAT, Property & Evidence,
IT/Network Closets, IT Server Rooms)
without a sworn officer or authorized
civilian escort, or without advance
scheduling (Work Plan Sections 5.4, 7.2;
Exhibit B).
$500 per occurrence
A-3 Prohibited items or persons on
premises
Visitors brought by contractor
employees; weapons or contraband;
alcohol or illegal drugs, or reporting to
work under the influence (Exhibit B,
Section 3.2).
$500 per occurrence; person
removed immediately
A-4
Lost, shared, duplicated, or
unreturned keycard / access
badge
Any keycard or City-issued access badge
that is lost, shared, duplicated, or not
returned immediately upon employee
separation (Work Plan Section 7.3;
Exhibit B, Sections 4–5).
$100 per card, PLUS actual cost of
reprogramming, replacement, or
rekeying
A-5 Personnel without required
uniform or photo ID
Any contractor employee on City
property without the approved
company-logo uniform or displayed
photo ID badge (Exhibit B, Section 4).
$100 per person, per day; person
subject to removal
A-6 Failure to report
Failure to notify the City within one (1)
business day of an employee
termination, suspension, or unplanned
absence, or failure to report a hazardous,
emergency, or security condition to the
on-duty Watch Commander within the
same working shift (Exhibit B).
$100 per day until notice is provided
Category B — Staffing & Coverage (assessed per occurrence; no cure period) 480
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 3 of 7
Staffing levels certified in Exhibit H are binding contract terms. A shift worked below the certified level is partial performance that cannot be retroactively cured; the amounts below apply in lieu of any attempt to pro-rate the value of an understaffed shift.

NO. REQUIREMENT STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE /

SOURCE DEDUCTION TO BE ASSESSED
B-1 Staffing below certified level
Any shift staffed below the levels
certified in Exhibit H (Proposed Staffing
Plan) for the tier then in effect, including
following any tier change under Work
Plan Section 1.5. The number of unfilled
positions is measured against the
certified Exhibit H level for that shift and
tier — not against the Work Plan
minimum floors. In no event will the
certified Exhibit H level be construed as
below the minimum floors of Work Plan
Sections 1.3, 2.1, and 2.2; if any certified
level is found to be below those floors,
the Work Plan floor applies as the
baseline.
$150 per unfilled position, per shift,
measured against the certified
Exhibit H level
B-2 No Lead Custodian on a
weekday shift
One designated Lead Custodian is
required on every weekday shift at every
tier (Work Plan Sections 1.3, 2.1).
$100 per shift
B-3 Weekday service gap
Any gap in coverage between the end of
the weekday AM shift and the start of
the weekday PM shift (Work Plan Section

2.1).
$150 per occurrence
B-4 Shift completion log missing,
incomplete, or unsigned
A signed shift completion log is required
for every shift, recording the elements
listed in Work Plan Section 9.5.
$50 per shift
Category C — Service Performance (assessed only after failure to cure within Work Plan Section 9.3 timeframes)
NO. REQUIREMENT STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE /

SOURCE DEDUCTION TO BE ASSESSED
C-1 Minor deficiency not corrected
Routine task not completed per schedule
(Work Plan Section 9.3), not corrected
within 24 hours of written notification
(CDR).
$100 per day until corrected
C-2 Significant deficiency not
corrected
Failure to meet required standards in a
priority space, or 3+ recurring minor
deficiencies of the same type within any
30-day period (Work Plan Section 9.3),
not corrected within 4 hours of written
notification (CDR).
$200 per day until corrected
C-3 Emergency / biohazard
response failure
Failure to acknowledge with a confirmed
ETA within 30 minutes, or failure to be
on-site and actively responding within 60
minutes, of notification of an emergency
$500 per occurrence; City may
additionally perform the work by
other means and charge back the full
cost per Part 4, Section 2(c)
481
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 4 of 7
NO. REQUIREMENT STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE /

SOURCE DEDUCTION TO BE ASSESSED
or biohazard condition (Work Plan
Sections 5.3, 9.3).

Category D — Documentation & Compliance
NO. REQUIREMENT STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE /

SOURCE DEDUCTION TO BE ASSESSED
D-1 Required documentation not
provided
Proof of CJIS Security Awareness training,
TB testing, OSHA Bloodborne Pathogens
training (for biohazard response
personnel), the pre-approved Chemical
Product List, or current SDS sheets not
provided or maintained as required
(Work Plan Sections 6.3, 7.1; Exhibit B).
$100 per day until documentation is
received
D-2 Unapproved or prohibited
product use
Use of any cleaning product not on the
approved Chemical Product List, or use
of aerosol, high-VOC, or strongly scented
products in evidence storage, property
rooms, or IT/server areas (Work Plan
Sections 5.4, 6.3).
$250 per occurrence
PART 3 — PRO RATA DEDUCTIONS FOR WHOLE-UNIT NON-PERFORMANCE Pro rata deductions apply only to whole-unit non-performance: a discrete, scheduled increment of service that was not performed at all. A “whole unit” is limited to the four categories below, each of which carries its own denominator in the Contractor’s Exhibit C pricing. Partial performance of a shift, an unserviced zone or area within an otherwise-worked shift, understaffing, and quality deficiencies are NOT whole units and are governed exclusively by the cure process of Work Plan Section 9.3 and the fixed amounts of the PRS Chart (Part 2).

WHOLE UNIT DEFINITION OF NON-PERFORMANCE DEDUCTION FORMULA

3.1 Missed PSB shift
A scheduled shift (weekday AM or PM; weekend
AM or PM) for which no contractor crew reported,
or for which no signed shift completion log exists
and no service can be substantiated.

Monthly Billing Rate for the tier then in
effect (as escalated under Exhibit C, Part
2) ÷ calendar days in the month ÷ number
of scheduled shifts on that day. Example:
$45,000 monthly rate ÷ 30 days ÷ 2 shifts
= $750 per missed shift.

3.2 Missed parking
structure power sweeping
A scheduled weekly power sweeping of the parking
structure not performed during the scheduled
week (Work Plan Section 8).

Monthly power sweeping rate (Exhibit C
standalone line item) ÷ number of weekly
services scheduled in that month.

3.3 Missed parking
structure custodian /
porter service day
A scheduled parking structure custodian/porter
service day with no personnel deployed and no
pre-approved substitute (Work Plan Section 8;
Exhibit H, Part 6).

Monthly parking structure
custodian/porter service rate (Exhibit C
standalone line item) ÷ scheduled service
days in that month.

3.4 Skipped separately
priced periodic or per-
event task
Any task priced as a standalone per-event line item
in Exhibit C (e.g., quarterly parking structure deep
cleaning) not performed in the scheduled period.

On-call services (Work Plan Section 5) are invoiced
per authorized event and are simply not paid if not
The Exhibit C line-item price for the task.

If invoiced in advance or included in a
monthly amount, the line-item price is
deducted from the next invoice.
482
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 5 of 7

WHOLE UNIT DEFINITION OF NON-PERFORMANCE DEDUCTION FORMULA performed; the response-time standard is enforced
through PRS line C-3.

Cure vs. deduction. A whole-unit deduction compensates the City for service not received; it is not a penalty and is not avoided by later make-up service unless the City, in its sole discretion, accepts make-up service in writing in lieu of the deduction. A missed shift may also give rise to deficiency CDRs under Work Plan Section 9.3 for conditions left uncorrected; those are separate items assessed under Part 2.

PART 4 — WITHHOLDINGS, DEDUCTIONS, AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PREAMBLE — RELATIONSHIP TO THE PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT Contract terms set forth in a separate document. This Part 4 contains the enabling contract provisions governing withholding, deduction, cure, and the assessment of liquidated damages under this Contract. For administrative convenience, these provisions are set forth in this Exhibit — a document maintained separately from, and outside the body of, the City’s Professional Services Agreement (the “Agreement”) — rather than in the Agreement itself. This Part 4 is incorporated into the Agreement by reference pursuant to paragraph 18 of the Agreement and has the same force and effect as if set forth in full in the body of the Agreement.

No separate execution of this Exhibit is required; submission of a proposal and execution of the Agreement constitute Contractor’s acceptance of this Part 4 in full.

Terminology. As used in this Part 4: “Agreement” means the Professional Services Agreement between the City and Contractor for the services described in this RFP; “Contract” means the Agreement together with all documents incorporated into it by reference, including this Exhibit; and “City’s Project Manager” means the City’s designated contract administrator — the City’s Public Works Custodial Supervisor or designee.

Order of precedence; amendment. In the even t of any inconsistency between this Part 4 and the Agreement concerning withholding, deduction, cure, or the assessment of liquidated damages, this Part 4 governs; in all other respects the Agreeme nt governs. This Part 4 may be modified only by a written amendment to the Agreement executed by both parties.

Section 1. Withholding and Pro Rata Deduction.

If, in the judgment of the City’s Project Manager, Contractor is non-compliant with the terms and obligations of this Contract, the City’s Project Manager, at their option, in addition to or in lieu of other remedies provided herein, may withhold the entire monthly payment or deduct pro rata from Contractor’s invoice, in accordance with Part 3 of Exhibit I (Performance Requirements Summary), for Work not performed. A written notice describing the Work not performed, the reasons for the action, and the amount to be withheld or deducted will be forwarded to Contractor’s Project Manager by the City’s Project Manager.

Section 2. Contract Discrepancy Report; Cure; Remedies.

If the City’s Project Manager determines that there are deficiencies in the performance of this Contract that are correctable by Contractor over a certain time span, the City’s Project Manager will provide a written notice, using the Contract Discrepancy Report (CDR), to Contractor to correct the deficiency within the timeframes specified in Section

9.3 of the Janitorial Work Plan. Should Contractor fail to correct the deficiency within said timeframe, the City’s Project Manager may exercise any or all of the following: (a) deduct from Contractor’s payment, pro rata, those applicable portions of the monthly Contract sum in accordance with Part 3 of Exhibit I; and/or (b) deduct liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PRS Chart (Part 2 of Exhibit I) for the deficiency at issue, or, where no PRS Chart line applies, in the amount of $100 per day per infraction; and/or (c) upon giving five (5) days’ written notice to Contractor for failure to correct the deficiencies, correct any and all deficiencies through City forces or a separate contractor, in which case the total cost incurred by the City for completion of the Work by the alternate source, as determined by the City, will be deducted and forfeited from the payment to Contractor.

Section 3. Security and Staffing Violations — Assessment Without Cure Period.

The parties acknowledge that violations identified in Categories A and B of the PRS Chart (Part 2 of Exhibit I) — including but not limited to the presence of uncleared personnel, unescorted entry into restricted areas, prohibited items on the premises, and staffing below contractual minimums — occur at a sworn law enforcement facility and 483
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 6 of 7
cause harm to the City that is complete upon occurrence and not correctable after the fact. Accordingly, liquidated damages for Category A and Category B violations are assessed per occurrence upon written notice to Contractor, without a cure period, and the CDR process of Section 2 above does not apply to such assessments. This Section does not limit Contractor’s obligation to immediately cease and remedy the violating condition.

Section 4. Liquidated Damages Not a Penalty.

The parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the extent of the City’s actual damages resulting from the performance failures identified in Exhibit I, including damages arising from impaired facility security, diversion of sworn and civilian personnel, loss of use of a 24/7 public safety facility, and administrative costs of re-procurement or self-performance. The parties agree that the amounts set forth in the PRS Chart, and the pro rata formulas set forth in Part 3 of Exhibit I, are the result of the parties’ reasonable endeavor to estimate fair compensation for such losses, and constitute reasonable estimates of the City’s damages under the circumstances existing at the time of contracting, within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1671(b). Any amount withheld, deducted, or assessed under this Contract and Exhibit I must not be construed as a penalty or forfeiture, but as an adjustment of payment to Contractor to recover the City’s cost and loss due to the failure of Contractor to complete or comply with the provisions of this Contract.

Section 5. Remedies Non-Exclusive; No Waiver.

Nothing in Exhibit I or this Section will in any manner restrict or limit the City’s right to damages for any breach of this Contract provided by law, restrict or limit the City’s right to require immediate removal and replacement of any Contractor employee, or restrict or limit the City’s right to terminate this Contract as provided herein. The City’s election to assess, or not to assess, any amount under Exhibit I on any occasion will not constitute a waiver of the City’s right to assess amounts for the same or any other failure on any other occasion, and no course of dealing will modify the amounts or procedures of Exhibit I absent a written amendment.

Section 6. Monthly Reconciliation and Invoice Offset.

Amounts accrued under Exhibit I during a billing month will be reconciled once per month and offset against Contractor’s next monthly invoice. Concurrently with the offset, the City will transmit to Contractor’s Project Manager a written statement itemizing each assessed amount, the corresponding CDR or occurrence notice, and the calculation applied. If accrued amounts exceed the invoice amount, the excess will be carried forward and offset against subsequent invoices, or, at the City’s election, invoiced to Contractor as an amount due within thirty (30) days.

Section 7. Contractor Response and Dispute.

Contractor must respond in writing to the City’s Project Manager within five (5) business days of receipt of any CDR or occurrence notice, acknowledging the reported discrepancy or presenting contrary evidence, and, where a cure is applicable, must submit a plan for correction within the timeframes of Janitorial Work Plan Section 9.3. Contractor may dispute any assessed amount in writing within five (5) business days of the monthly reconciliation statement, stating the specific grounds and attaching supporting documentation (including shift completion logs). The City’s Project Manager will review and issue a written determination; undisputed portions remain subject to offset during the pendency of any dispute. This Section does not limit any dispute resolution or claims procedure of the Contract.

PART 5 — STANDARDIZED FORMAL SHIFT INSPECTION CHECKLIST This is the standardized inspection checklist referenced in Janitorial Work Plan Section 9.2. It is completed by the City’s Public Works Custodial Supervisor during each Formal Shift Inspection (1–3 times per week, announced or unannounced) and provides the documented basis for CDR issuance, PRS assessments, the Monthly Scored Audit, and the pilot-year performance record. Performance is assessed against the tier in effect at the time of inspection.

Date:

Shift (AM / PM / Weekend):

Tier in effect:

Announced / Unannounced:

Inspector: Lead Custodian on duty: Shift log reviewed? (Y/N): Staffing floor met? (Y/N):
484
City of Garden Grove | Public Safety Building Custodial Services RFP | Exhibit I Exhibit I — Page 7 of 7

SPACE / ELEMENT INSPECTED PASS (✓)

DEFICIENCY

CLASS (M / S /
E)
CDR ISSUED?
(Y/N + No.) NOTES / PRS LINE IF APPLICABLE
Restrooms & locker rooms (priority
— min. frequency per Work Plan
§3.1)

Dispatch area, incl. kitchenette
(priority — 2× daily)
Break rooms & kitchenettes
(priority — 2× daily)
Jail / booking / holding areas (Work
Plan §4 standards)
Lobbies, public corridors &
common areas
Offices, conference & briefing
rooms
Floors — condition appropriate to
floor type (Exhibit A)
Trash removal & liner replacement
High-touch surface disinfection
Custodial closets — secure, SDS
posted, approved chemicals only
Parking structure — scheduled
tasks current (Work Plan §8)
Security conduct — uniforms, ID
badges, doors, access points
(Exhibit B)

Inspector signature / date:

Lead Custodian acknowledgment / date:

Classification key: M = Minor (24-hour cure) · S = Significant (4-hour cure) · E = Emergency/Biohazard (30-min acknowledgment / 60-min on-site). See Janitorial Work Plan Section 9.3.
485
Item 386/2026

Final
City of Garden Grove

INTER-DEPARTMENT MEMORANDUM

To:

Lisa L. Kim From: Jany Lee
Dept:

City Manager Dept: Human Resources
Date: 9/8/2026

Subject: Approval of an Employment Agreement with Matthew S. West for the position of City Manager. (Action Item)

OBJECTIVE

To present to the City Council for approval a new City Manager Employment Agreement with Matthew S. West for City Manager services.

BACKGROUND

In preparation for Ms. Lisa Kim’s retirement, the City Council met in closed session on August 31, 2026 to discuss the upcoming City Manager vacancy. The City Council unanimously agreed to offer the position of City Manager to Mr. Matthew S. West, Assistant City Manager, upon Ms. Kim’s retirement on November 2, 2026.

As further directed by the City Council, staff prepared a City Manager Employment Agreement for municipal management services between the City of Garden Grove and Mr. West. The agreement provides for terms and conditions of employment beginning officially on November 3, 2026 (Attachment 1).

DISCUSSION

Mr. West has over 26 years of experience in municipal management. In January 2024, he joined the City of Garden Grove’s Central Management team as Assistant City Manager. Prior to Garden Grove, he served the City of Tustin for 23 years in various leadership and management capacities, including five (5) years as City Manager. Mr. West has a bachelor’s degree in Urban and Regional Planning f rom Cal Poly Pomona. His resume highlights his professional experience and accomplishments (Attachment 2).

The Employment Agreement establishes the City Manager base salary and provides for benefits consistent with those received by the Central Management executive staff.

486
Item 386/2026